manual may show features as used in different models, so they may appear different to you on your vehicle. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. This manual may qualify the location of a
November 2015 First Printing Owner’s Manual Taurus Litho in U.S.A. 2016 TAURUS Owner’s Manual owner.ford.com ford.ca 2016 TAURUS Owner’s Manual GG1J 19A321 AA
owner.ford.com
ford.ca
November 2015 First Printing
Owner's Manual Taurus
Litho in U.S.A.
GG1J 19A321 AA
2016 TAURUS Owner's Manual
2016 TAURUS Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2015
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 20151009201436
Table of Contents
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 Data Recording..................................................9 California Proposition 65..............................11 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Ford Credit..........................................................11 Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................11 Special Notices................................................12 Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................12 Export Unique Options..................................13
Environment
Protecting the Environment........................14
Child Safety
General Information.......................................15 Installing Child Restraints............................16 Booster Seats..................................................22 Child Restraint Positioning.........................24 Child Safety Locks..........................................25
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation...................................27 Fastening the Seatbelts..............................28 Seatbelt Height Adjustment.....................30 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................31 Seatbelt Reminder..........................................31 Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance................................................33
Personal Safety SystemTM
Personal Safety SystemTM..........................34
Supplementary Restraints System
Principle of Operation..................................35
Driver and Passenger Airbags...................36 Front Passenger Sensing System.............37 Side Airbags.....................................................39 Safety CanopyTM............................................40 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.........41 Airbag Disposal...............................................42
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio Frequencies..................................................43
Remote Control..............................................43 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................47
MyKeyTM
Principle of Operation..................................48 Creating a MyKey...........................................49 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................50 Checking MyKey System Status................51 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................52 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................52
Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................54 Keyless Entry...................................................58 Interior Luggage Compartment
Release..........................................................59
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System..........................61 Anti-Theft Alarm............................................62
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles With: Manual Adjustable Steering Column..........................................................63
Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles With: Power Adjustable Steering Column..........................................................63
Audio Control..................................................64
1
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Voice Control...................................................65 Cruise Control..................................................65 Information Display Control.......................65 Heated Steering Wheel...............................65
Pedals
Adjusting the Pedals....................................66
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers.........................................67 Autowipers........................................................67 Windshield Washers.....................................68
Lighting
General Information.....................................69 Lighting Control..............................................69 Autolamps........................................................70 Instrument Lighting Dimmer.......................71 Headlamp Exit Delay......................................71 Daytime Running Lamps..............................71 Automatic High Beam Control..................72 Direction Indicators........................................73 Interior Lamps..................................................73
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows..............................................75 Global Opening...............................................76 Exterior Mirrors................................................76 Interior Mirror....................................................78 Sun Visors.........................................................78 Sun Shades......................................................78 Moonroof...........................................................79
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................80 Warning Lamps and Indicators.................82 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............85
Information Displays
General Information.....................................86 Information Messages.................................95
Climate Control
Manual Climate Control............................106 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
Without: Touchscreen Display............107 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
With: Premium AM/FM/CD.................108 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
With: Sony Audio System......................110 Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate..........................................................112 Heated Windows and Mirrors...................114 Cabin Air Filter.................................................114 Remote Start...................................................115
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position...................116 Head Restraints.............................................116 Manual Seats..................................................118 Power Seats....................................................119 Memory Function..........................................122 Rear Seats.......................................................123 Heated Seats..................................................124 Climate Controlled Seats..........................125 Rear Seat Armrest........................................126
Universal Garage Door Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener................127
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points................................132
Storage Compartments
Center Console..............................................133 Overhead Console........................................133
2
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Starting and Stopping the Engine
General Information....................................134 Ignition Switch...............................................134 Keyless Starting............................................134 Starting a Gasoline Engine........................135 Engine Block Heater....................................138
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions......................................140 Fuel Quality......................................................141 Fuel Quality......................................................141 Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................142 Running Out of Fuel.....................................142 Refueling..........................................................143 Fuel Consumption........................................145 Emission Control System..........................146
Transmission
Automatic Transmission...........................149
All-Wheel Drive
Using All-Wheel Drive.................................152
Brakes
General Information....................................159 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes...........................................................159 Parking Brake.................................................160
Traction Control
Principle of Operation..................................161 Using Traction Control.................................161
Stability Control
Principle of Operation.................................162 Using Stability Control...............................163
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation.................................165 Rear Parking Aid............................................165 Active Park Assist.........................................166 Rear View Camera........................................170
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation.................................173 Using Cruise Control....................................173 Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................174
Driving Aids
Driver Alert.......................................................181 Lane Keeping System.................................182 Blind Spot Information System..............186 Cross Traffic Alert.........................................188 Steering.............................................................191 Collision Warning System.........................192
Load Carrying
Cargo Nets......................................................195 Load Limit.......................................................195
Towing
Towing a Trailer............................................203 Recommended Towing Weights...........204 Essential Towing Checks..........................205 Transporting the Vehicle...........................207 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......207
Driving Hints
Breaking-In....................................................209 Economical Driving.....................................209 Driving Through Water................................210 Floor Mats.......................................................210
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance...................................212 Hazard Warning Flashers...........................213
3
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Fuel Shutoff....................................................213 Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................214 Post-Crash Alert System...........................216
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need................217 In California (U.S. Only).............................218 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only)......................219 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only).......................220 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................220 Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................221 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only).............................................................222 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only).............................................................222
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart..........................224 Changing a Fuse...........................................232
Maintenance
General Information...................................234 Opening and Closing the Hood..............234 Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
EcoBoostTM................................................236 Under Hood Overview - 3.5L
EcoboostTM.................................................237 Under Hood Overview - 3.5L
Duratec........................................................238 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L
EcoBoostTM................................................239 Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.5L Duratec/3.5L
EcoboostTM................................................239 Engine Oil Check..........................................239 Oil Change Indicator Reset......................240 Engine Coolant Check...............................240 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check -
2.0L EcoBoostTM......................................244
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check 3.5L Duratec/3.5L EcoboostTM..........244
Brake Fluid Check........................................248 Power Steering Fluid Check....................248 Washer Fluid Check....................................248 Fuel Filter........................................................249 Changing the 12V Battery.........................249 Checking the Wiper Blades.......................251 Changing the Wiper Blades......................251 Adjusting the Headlamps.........................252 Changing a Bulb...........................................253 Bulb Specification Chart...........................254 Changing the Engine Air Filter................256
Vehicle Care
General Information....................................257 Cleaning Products.......................................257 Cleaning the Exterior...................................257 Waxing.............................................................258 Cleaning the Engine....................................259 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades..........................................................259 Cleaning the Interior...................................260 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.......................260 Cleaning Leather Seats..............................261 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............261 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................261 Vehicle Storage.............................................262
Wheels and Tires
General Information...................................264 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................264 Tire Care..........................................................270 Using Summer Tires...................................283 Using Snow Chains.....................................283 Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........284 Changing a Road Wheel...........................288 Technical Specifications...........................293
4
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Table of Contents
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications - 2.0L EcoBoostTM...............................................294
Engine Specifications - 3.5L Duratec........................................................294
Engine Specifications - 3.5L EcoboostTM................................................295
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.....296 Motorcraft Parts - 3.5L Duratec.............297 Motorcraft Parts - 3.5L EcoboostTM......298 Vehicle Identification Number...............299 Vehicle Certification Label......................300 Transmission Code Designation...........300 Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
EcoBoostTM................................................301 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L
Duratec.......................................................304 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L
EcoboostTM...............................................308
Audio System
General Information....................................312 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Satellite Radio.............................313 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/
FM/CD...........................................................317 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/
CD...................................................................318 Satellite Radio...............................................319 Audio Input Jack...........................................322 USB Port..........................................................323 Media Hub......................................................323
SYNCTM
General Information...................................324 Using Voice Recognition...........................326 Using SYNCTM With Your Phone............329 SYNCTM Applications and Services......342 SYNCTM AppLinkTM.....................................350 Using SYNCTM With Your Media
Player...........................................................352
SYNCTM Troubleshooting.........................362
Accessories
Accessories......................................................371
Extended Service Plan (ESP)
Extended Service Plan (ESP)..................373
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information........375 Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........378 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance..............................................381 Scheduled Maintenance Record...........383
Appendices
End User License Agreement.................394
5
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
6
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so they may appear different to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.
E154903
A Right-hand side. B Left-hand side.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E162384
Air conditioning system Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum based
7
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
Brake system
Front airbag
Cabin air filter
Front fog lamps
Check fuel cap
Fuel pump reset
Child safety door lock or unlock
Fuse compartment
Child seat lower anchor
Hazard warning flashers
Child seat tether anchor
Heated rear window
E71340
Cruise control Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Heated windshield
Interior luggage compartment release Jack
Engine coolant Engine coolant temperature Engine oil Explosive gas Fan warning Fasten seatbelt
E161353
Keep out of reach of children Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
8
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
E139213
Parking aid Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
Service engine soon
Side airbag
Shield the eyes
E167012
E138639
Stability control Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, when your vehicle is in for service or repair, Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose. See SYNCTM (page 324).
Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal; and
· How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
· Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.
9
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded (see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic, directions and Information privacy below). However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent, unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada.
Note: Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features, please note the following: Once 911 Assist (if equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist may, through any paired and connected cell phone, disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or, in certain vehicles, the activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location (such as latitude and longitude), and/or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the 911 Assist feature. See SYNCTM (page 324).
Additionally, when you connect to Traffic, Directions and Information (if equipped, U.S. only), the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle's current location, travel direction, and speed ("vehicle travel information"), only to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches that you request. If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information, do not activate the service. For more information, see Traffic, Directions and Information, Terms and Conditions. See SYNCTM (page 324).
10
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNINGS Some constituents of engine exhaust, certain vehicle components, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash your hands after handling.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
(U.S. Only)
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business.
For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us, as well as to help manage your account.
Phone: 1-800-727-7000
For more information regarding Ford Credit, as well as to access Account Manager, please go to www.fordcredit.com.
REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION
Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner's Manual. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle
11
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non-Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle's New Vehicle Limited Warranty, refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner's Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNINGS You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol. Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury.
Front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag.
On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle's On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II) system has a data port for diagnostics, repair and reprogramming services with diagnostic scan tools. Installing a non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD plug-in devices. The vehicle Warranty may not cover damage caused by any non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD plug-in device.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others' safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.
12
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Introduction
WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner's Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owner's Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export. Refer to this Owner's Manual for all other required information and warnings.
13
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Environment
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
You must play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim.
14
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently. The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height, age and weight thresholds from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, or are the minimum requirements of law. We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and
WARNINGS
consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child, and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll free at 1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height, age, and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.
Do not leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. On hot days, the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat-related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.
15
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Child
Child size, height, weight, or age
Infants or toddlers
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).
Small children
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80
lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).
Recommended restraint type
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat).
Use a belt-positioning booster seat.
Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and
chest, and seat back upright.
· You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada.
· Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle.
· When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 37).
INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS Child Seats
E142594
16
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 pounds (18 kilograms) or less (generally age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.
When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts:
· Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that seating position.
· Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle.
· Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat, with the tongue between the child seat and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling.
· Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position.
· Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip.
Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat, the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat.
E142528
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.
E142529
17
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
2. After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position, pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.
E142533
18
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat is equipped).
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement for proper installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNINGS
Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.
Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle. This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use seatbelts to attach the child seat, however the seatbelt can still be used to attach the child seat. For forward-facing child seats, the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor, if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat.
19
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E173197
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol.
E224433
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seatback below the symbols as shown. Follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments. Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown.
Child Seat Positioning for LATCH Lower Anchors
All the LATCH lower anchors are equally spaced, 11 inches (28 centimeters) apart, allowing for the following child seat positioning:
· If a single child seat is installed using the LATCH lower anchors, it can be installed at any rear seating position.
· If two child safety seats are installed using the LATCH lower anchors, they must be placed in the outboard seating positions only.
· If three child safety seats are installed, you can install two using the LATCH lower anchors by placing them in each outboard seating position and the third in the center using the lap and shoulder belt, OR you can use the LATCH lower anchors for the center child safety seat and the lap and shoulder belts for the other two child safety seats in the outboard positions. Use the tether anchors if applicable.
Combining Seatbelt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats
When used in combination, either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first, provided a proper installation is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward, if included with the child seat.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats.
20
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from top view):
E173198
2. Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position, then open the tether anchor cover.
E142537
Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors:
Note: If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat. Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash.
1. Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat.
E173199
3. Open the tether anchor cover.
E173200
4. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown.
21
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
5. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions.
If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, we also recommend its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four (4) and less than age twelve (12), and between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and 80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to 100 pounds (45 kilograms) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
· Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion?
· Can the child sit without slouching?
· Does the lap belt rest low across the hips?
· Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest?
· Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
· Backless booster seats
22
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child's head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat.
· High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child's head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips.
E70710
E142596
23
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. When possible, all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat.
Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions and warnings
WARNINGS
provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child's height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death.
Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death.
Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat. These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.
24
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
WARNINGS To avoid risk of injury, do not leave
WARNINGS children or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children
Use any attachment method as indicated below by X
Restraint Type
Combined weight of child and child seat
LATCH (lower anchors and top tether anchor)
LATCH (lower anchors only)
Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt
and top and LATCH
only
tether
(lower
anchor
anchors
and top
tether
anchor)
Rear facing Up to 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg)
X
X
Rear facing Over 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg)
X
Forward facing
child seat
Up to 65 lb (29.5 kg)
X
X
X
Forward facing
child seat
Over 65 lb (29.5 kg)
X
X
Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 116).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside.
25
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Child Safety
E112197
The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door. Left-Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock. Right-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.
26
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.
To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash.
All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the seatbelt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.
WARNINGS When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Seatbelts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them.
Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear seatbelts for optimum protection in an accident.
All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided.
The seatbelt system consists of:
· Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
· Shoulder seatbelt with automatic locking mode, (except driver seatbelt).
· Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions.
· Seatbelt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions.
· Belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position.
· Seatbelt warning light and chime.
· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.
27
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
The seatbelt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags. The pretensioners may also activate when the Safety Canopy is deployed.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle.
Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened. The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips. The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest. Pregnant women should also follow this practice. See the following figure.
E142590
28
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt. The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow. The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
Safety Belt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After any vehicle crash, the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly. In addition, all safety belts should be checked for proper function.
The belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer. Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode, and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is automatically pre-locked. The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode
This mode should be used any time a child safety seat, except a booster, is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions. Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 15).
29
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode
E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out.
Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode. How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and turn on the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode. Safety Belt Extension Assembly
WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso.
If the safety belt is too short when fully extended, you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer.
Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt. Manufacturer identification is on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim. Also, use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended.
SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder.
E146191
To adjust the shoulder belt height: 1. Press the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down. 2. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.
30
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME
Conditions of operation
This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver's safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on.
If...
Then...
The driver's safety belt is not buckled The safety belt warning light illuminates 1-
before the ignition switch is turned to the 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds
on position...
4-8 seconds.
The driver's safety belt is buckled while the The safety belt warning light and warning
indicator light is illuminated and the
chime turn off.
warning chime is sounding...
The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator
the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-
chime remain off.
tion...
SEATBELT REMINDER
Belt-MinderTM
This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled.
The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid activating the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place in the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.
31
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
If...
Then...
You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse
after you switch the ignition on...
The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.
You or the front seat passenger do not
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a
reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
on...
or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
The safety belt for the driver or front
The Belt-Minder feature activates, the
passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a
while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every
(9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes
elapse after you switch the ignition on... or until you and the front seat passenger
buckle your safety belts.
Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to deactivate it, this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident. We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process.
Note: If you are using MyKey, you cannot disable Belt-Minder. Also, if the Belt-Minder has been previously disabled, it will be re-enabled during the use of MyKey. See MyKeyTM (page 48).
Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure that:
· The parking brake is set.
· The transmission is in park (P).
· The ignition is off.
· The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off (about one minute). After Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 20 seconds.
32
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seatbelts
3. For the seating position you are switching off, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on.
4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation.
· This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on.
· This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat back (if equipped), rear inflatable safety belts (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint.
We recommend that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Cleaning the Interior (page 260).
33
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Personal Safety SystemTM
The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag-related injuries. The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations.
The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of:
· Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag supplemental restraints.
· Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners, energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors.
· Driver seat position sensor.
· Front passenger sensing system.
· Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp.
· Front crash severity sensors.
· Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors.
· Restraint system warning light and backup tone.
· The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash sensors, safety belt pretensioners, front safety belt usage sensors, driver seat position sensor, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions. A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module. During a crash, the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one or both stages of the dual-stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions.
34
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module.
All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them after inflation.
If the airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required.
35
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS
WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module. Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries. Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes. The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of: · Driver and passenger airbag modules. · Front passenger sensing system.
· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 41).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters) between an occupant's chest and the driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from the airbag:
· Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.
· Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seat back, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
36
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly-seated occupant and determine if the front passenger frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E142846
Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM
WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems, children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Sitting improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright against your seatback, with your feet on the floor.
Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
E151849
The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator that will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled).
The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel.
Note: The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON indicator lamps will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional.
The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied, or a rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing child restraint, or a booster seat is detected. Even with this technology, parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat. The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat-mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty.
37
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
· When the front passenger sensing system disables (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
· If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp, then turn the vehicle off, remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat.
· When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate), the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger seat, but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is not sitting properly in the seat. If this happens:
· Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the full upright position.
· Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with the person's legs comfortably extended.
· Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes. This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger's frontal airbag.
· If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this, the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat.
Occupant Empty Child Adult
Passenger airbag status indicator OFF: Lit ON: Unlit OFF: Lit ON: Unlit OFF: Unlit ON: Lit
Passenger airbag Disabled Disabled Enabled
Note: When the passenger airbag status indicator OFF light is illuminated, the passenger (seat mounted) side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion, with their
38
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 41).
Do not attempt to repair or service the system. Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. See Getting the Services You Need (page 217).
WARNINGS
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag, its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
If the side airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again. The side airbag system (including the seat) must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats. In certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the seatbacks (of the front seats), or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not use accessory seat covers. The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident.
Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback.
E152533
The system consists of the following: · A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle. · Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks. · Front passenger sensing system.
39
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 41).
Note: The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat-mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat.
The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags.
SAFETY CANOPYTM
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the curtain airbags, its fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
WARNINGS
All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag.
If the curtain airbags have deployed, the curtain airbags will not function again. The curtain airbags (including the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner) must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. If the curtain airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless of which seats are occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events.
40
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
E75004
The system consists of the following:
· Safety canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
· A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment
· Crash sensors and monitoring system with a readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 41).
Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy).
CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle (including frame, bumper, front end body structure and tow hooks) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify the front end of the vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module. The restraints control module deploys (activates) the front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger airbag, seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy. Based on the type of crash, the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices.
The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working. Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:
The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on.
· The readiness light will either flash or stay lit.
· A series of five beeps will be heard. The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem, the light or both are repaired.
41
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Supplementary Restraints System
If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the front airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (crash severity, belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices.
· The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts) unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration.
· The design of the seatbelt pretensioners is to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side crashes and in rollovers.
· The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes. Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation.
· The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events. The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation, or a certain likelihood of rollover.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel.
42
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range.
One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range:
· Weather conditions.
· Nearby radio towers.
· Structures around the vehicle.
· Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met: · You activate the front exterior door
handle switch. · You press the luggage compartment
button. · You press a button on the transmitter. If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low, you may need to mechanically unlock your door. You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation. See Remote Control (page 43).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If
Equipped)
E210695
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. You can also use the key blade to lock and unlock the glove compartment. The transmitter portion functions as the remote control.
43
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
E163047
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference. Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped) Note: A three-button remote control operates similarly.
E138616
The intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system. The key must be in your vehicle to use the push button start.
The intelligent access key also contains a removable key blade that you can use to unlock your vehicle. You can also use the key blade to lock and unlock the glove compartment. Slide the release on the back of the remote control to release the key blade, then pull the blade out.
E138618
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a security label that provides important key cut information. Keep the label in a safe place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed key from your vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally. The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent.
E142431
44
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
E138619
1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover.
2. Carefully remove the rubber gasket from the transmitter if it does not come off with the battery cover.
3. Remove the old battery.
E142432
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden behind the key blade head to remove the battery cover. Do not use the key blade to remove the cover or you could damage it.
E138620
4. Insert a new battery with the + facing upward. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter.
Intelligent Access Key
1. Remove the key blade from the transmitter.
E138622
3. Remove the old battery.
4. Insert a new battery with the + facing downward. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter and install the key blade.
Car Finder
E138623
Press the button twice within three seconds.
45
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm.
Note: If any door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn will sound twice and the direction indicators will not flash.
Sounding the Panic Alarm
Press the button to sound the panic alarm. Press the button E138624 again or switch the ignition on to turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when the ignition is off.
Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or in areas that are not well ventilated.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel level is low.
E138625
The remote start button is on the transmitter.
This feature allows you to start your vehicle from the outside. The transmitter has an extended operating range.
Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started. See Automatic Climate Control (page 107).
Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start. Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems.
The remote start system does not work if any of the following occur: · The ignition is on. · The anti-theft alarm triggers. · You switch off the feature. · The hood is open. · The transmission is not in park (P). · The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage. · The service engine soon indicator was
on the last time your vehicle was driven.
Remote Starting Your Vehicle Note: You must press each button within three seconds of each other. If you do not follow this sequence, your vehicle does not start remotely, the direction indicators do not flash twice and the horn does not sound.
E138626
The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure. To start your vehicle remotely: 1. Press the lock button to lock all the
doors. 2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps flash twice. The horn sounds if the system fails to start, unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See General Information (page 86).
46
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Keys and Remote Controls
Note: If you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter, you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle. If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter, you must press the push button ignition switch on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle.
The power windows do not work during remote start and the radio does not turn on automatically.
The parking lamps remain on and the vehicle runs for 5, 10 or 15 minutes, depending on the setting.
Extending the Engine Running Time
To extend the engine running time duration of your vehicle during remote start, repeat steps 1 and 2 while the engine is running. If the duration is set to 10 minutes, the duration extends by another 10 minutes. For example, if your vehicle had been running from the first remote start for 5 minutes, your vehicle continues to run now for a total of 20 minutes. You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 35 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after the engine stops running.
Turning Your Vehicle Off After Remote Starting
E138625
Press the button once. The parking lamps turn off.
You may have to be closer to your vehicle to remotely switch off your vehicle after remote starting. This is due to the added noise of your running vehicle.
You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See General Information (page 86).
Memory Feature (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control to recall memory settings for the driver seat, power mirrors, power steering column and power adjustable foot pedals. Press the unlock button on the remote control or unlock your vehicle with the intelligent access key to recall the memory positions. You can program the remote control or intelligent access key to recall memory positions. See Memory Function (page 122).
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 61).
47
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits. All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys. They can be used to:
· Create a MyKey.
· Program configurable MyKey settings.
· Clear all MyKey features.
When you have programmed a MyKey, you can access the following information using the information display:
· How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle.
· The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings. You cannot program them individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with a push-button start switch: When both a MyKey and an admin key are present when you start your vehicle, the system recognizes the admin key only.
Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user:
· Belt-Minder or safety belt reminder. You cannot disable this feature. The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants' safety belts are not fastened.
· Early low fuel. The low fuel warning is activated earlier, giving the MyKey user more time to refuel.
· Driver assist features, if equipped on your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid, blind spot information system (BLIS), cross traffic alert, lane departure warning and forward collision warning system.
· Satellite radio adult content restrictions (available only in some markets).
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle. You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key:
· A vehicle speed limit can be set. Warnings will be shown in the display, followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control.
WARNING
Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury.
48
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
· Various vehicle speed minders can be set. Once you select a speed, it will be shown in the display, followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded.
· Audio system maximum volume of 45%. A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume. Also, the speed-sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled.
· Always on setting. When this is selected, you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac or traction control, 911 Assist or Emergency Assistance, or Do Not Disturb (if your vehicle is equipped with these features).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with a push-button start, place the key fob into the backup slot. The location of your backup slot is in another chapter. See Keyless Starting (page 134).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu on the information display controls. Use the arrow keys to get to the following menu selections:
Settings MyKey Create MyKey
Message
Action and Description Press the OK button or the right arrow key. Press the OK button or the right arrow key. Press the OK button or the right arrow key.
When prompted, hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be restricted at the next start.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys.
You can also program configurable settings for the key(s). See Programming/Changing Configurable Settings.
Programming/Changing Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob.
2. Access the main menu on the information display controls. Use the arrow keys to get to the following menu selections:
Settings MyKey
Message
Action and Description Press the OK button or the right arrow key. Press the OK button or the right arrow key.
49
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you have switched the vehicle off, however, you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey settings using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 86).
Switch the ignition on using an admin key or remote control.
To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
MyKey
Press the OK button.
Clear MyKey
Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays.
All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status.
50
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS
You can find information on programmed MyKey(s) using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 86).
To find information on programmed MyKey(s), press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to:
Message
Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
MyKey
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
MyKey Dist.
Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey.
{0} MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted.
{0} Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed.
51
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote start system, see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system.
MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Condition I cannot create a MyKey.
I cannot program the configurable settings. I cannot clear the MyKeys. I lost the only admin key.
Potential Causes
· The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges.
· The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key (there always has to be at least one admin key).
· Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup position. See Starting a Gasoline Engine (page 135).
· SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode.
· The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges.
· No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 49).
· The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges.
· No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 49).
Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.
52
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKeyTM
I lost a key.
Condition
MyKey distances do not accumulate.
Potential Causes
Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 61).
· The MyKey user is not using the MyKey. · An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys
and created new MyKeys. · The key system has been reset.
No MyKey functions with the keyless entry transmitter.
· An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start.
· No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 49).
53
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle. Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels.
A
B
E184784
A Unlock. B Lock.
Remote Control You can use the remote control at any time. Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage Unlock)
Press the button to unlock the driver door. Press the button E138629 again within three seconds to unlock all doors. The direction indicators will flash.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for three seconds to change between driver door or all doors unlock mode. The direction indicators will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. Driver door mode only unlocks the driver door when
you press the unlock button once. All door mode unlocks all doors when you press the unlock button once. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control, keyless entry keypad and intelligent access.
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all doors. The direction indicators will flash.
Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors will lock again, the horn will sound and the direction indicators will flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed.
Note: If any door or the luggage compartment is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn will sound twice and the direction indicators will not flash.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the Key Blade
Locking the Doors
Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle.
Unlocking the Doors
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle.
Note: If the child safety locks are on and you pull the interior handle, you only switch off the emergency locking, not the child safety lock. You can only open the doors using the external door handle.
Opening a Rear Door From the Inside
Pull the interior door handle twice to unlock and open a rear door. The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull opens the door.
54
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
Opening the Luggage Compartment
With the Remote Control
E138630
Press the button twice within three seconds.
From the Instrument Panel
E159323
Press the button on the instrument panel.
From Outside Your Vehicle
Locking the Doors
E185863
The locking sensors are on the front door handles. Touch a locking sensor once to lock your vehicle and arm the alarm. There is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle again. Note: Keep the door handle clean to make sure the system operates correctly. Note: Your vehicle does not automatically lock. If you do not touch a locking sensor your vehicle will remain unlocked.
E211252
Press the exterior release button hidden above the license plate.
Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)
The intelligent access key must be within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
Unlocking the Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door. Do not touch the lock sensor on the front of the handle.
55
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
Opening the Luggage Compartment
E211252
Press the exterior release button hidden above the license plate. Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If Equipped) This helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if the key is still in the ignition. When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control, all the doors will lock then unlock and the horn will sound twice if the key is still in the ignition. You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by either: · Using the keyless entry keypad with the
driver door closed. · Pressing the lock button on the remote
control even if the doors are not closed. If both front doors are closed, you can lock your vehicle by any method, regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
This helps to prevent you from locking your key inside the passenger compartment or rear cargo area.
When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open, the transmission is in park (P) and the ignition is off, the system searches for an intelligent access key inside your vehicle after you close the last door. If the system finds a key, all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound twice, indicating that a key is inside.
You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle.
To do this, lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by:
· Using the keyless entry keypad.
· Pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key.
· Touching the locking area on the front of the door handle with another intelligent access key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control, all doors will lock then unlock if:
· The ignition is on.
· The ignition is off and the transmission is not in park (P).
Autolock
Autolock locks all the doors when:
· All doors are closed.
· The ignition is on.
· You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion.
· Your vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph (7 km/h).
56
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
Autounlock (If Equipped)
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when:
· The ignition is on, all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 4 mph (7 km/h).
· Your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to the accessory position.
· You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory.
Note: If you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off with the driver door closed, the doors will not autounlock.
Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock
Note: You can switch autounlock and autolock on or off independently of each other.
To enable or disable autolock, do the following:
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the power door unlock control three times.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Press the power door unlock control three times.
5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds indicating your vehicle is in programming mode.
6. Press the power door unlock control and within five seconds, press the power door lock control. The horn sounds once if disabled or twice if enabled.
7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds indicating programming is complete.
To enable or disable autounlock, do the following:
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press the power door unlock control three times.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Press the power door unlock control three times.
5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds indicating your vehicle is in programming mode.
6. Press the power door lock control and within five seconds, press the power door unlock control. The horn sounds once if disabled or twice if enabled.
7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds indicating programming is complete.
Illuminated Entry (If Equipped)
The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote control.
The lamps turn off if: · The ignition is on. · You press the remote control lock
button. · 25 seconds have elapsed.
The lamps do not turn off if: · You switch them on with the lighting
control. · Any door is open.
Illuminated Exit (If Equipped)
The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off.
57
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and: · 25 seconds have elapsed. · You lock your vehicle from the outside.
Battery Saver
If you leave the courtesy lamps, interior lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver shuts them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off.
Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave the ignition switched on and the engine is not running, the battery saver will turn the ignition off when it detects a certain amount of battery drain, or after 45 minutes have elapsed.
KEYLESS ENTRY
SECURICODETM Keyless Entry Keypad
The keypad is near the driver window. It illuminates when touched.
Note: If you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad, the unlock function may not work. Enter your entry code again more slowly.
E138637
You can use the keypad to do the following: · Lock or unlock the doors. · Program and erase user codes. · Arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm. · Recall memory seat and mirror
positions.
You can operate the keypad with the factory-set five-digit entry code. The code is on the owner's wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer. You can also program up to five of your own five-digit personal entry codes.
Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You must press each number within five seconds of each other.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save personal code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful.
58
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
To program additional personal entry codes, repeat steps 1 through 3, then for step 4: · Press 3·4 to save personal code 2. · Press 5·6 to save personal code 3. · Press 7·8 to save personal code 4. · Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
Hints: · Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number. · Do not use five numbers in sequential
order. · The factory-set code works even if you
have set your own personal code.
Recalling Memory Positions (If Equipped)
The programmed entry codes recall driver memory positions as follows: · Entry code 1 recalls driver 1 memory
positions. · Entry code 2 recalls driver 2 memory
positions.
Note: Personal entry codes 3, 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. You must do this within five seconds of completing step 2.
All personal codes erase and only the factory-set five-digit code works.
Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times. This mode turns off the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp flashes.
The anti-scan feature turns off after any of the following occur: · One minute of keypad inactivity. · You press the unlock button on the
remote control. · You switch your vehicle on. · You unlock the vehicle using intelligent
access.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Locking All Doors
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 on the keypad simultaneously with the driver door closed. You do not need to enter a code first.
Unlocking All Doors
Enter the factory-set code or your personal code, then press 3·4 on the keypad within five seconds.
Unlocking Only the Driver Door
Enter the factory-set or your personal five-digit code. You must press each number within five seconds of each other. The interior lamps illuminate.
Note: All doors unlock if the two-stage unlocking feature is turned off. See Locking and Unlocking (page 54).
INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE
WARNINGS Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child's reach. Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury. Children should be taught not to play in vehicles.
59
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Locks
WARNINGS
Do not leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle. On hot days, the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat-related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.
Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment.
Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle.
The handle is located inside the luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door (lid) or near the tail lamps. It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light.
Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door (lid) to open from within the luggage compartment.
E144403
60
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.
SecuriLock®
The system is an engine immobilization system. It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used. Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting. A message may appear in the information display.
If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key, a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display.
Automatic Arming
The vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the vehicle.
Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system, as well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys (integrated keyhead transmitters only) are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
Note: You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters.
You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle
Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys.
61
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Security
You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible. See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available.
Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin.
1. Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition.
2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
3. Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition.
4. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off, insert the second previously coded key into the ignition.
5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
6. Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition.
7. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition.
8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds.
9. Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition.
If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the engine and operate the remote entry system (if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter).
If programming was not successful, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If you are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to your authorized dealer.
Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key
See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped)
The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will be triggered if any door, the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key, remote control or keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in your vehicle. Electronically lock your vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions:
· Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad.
· Switch your vehicle on or start your vehicle.
· Use a key in the driver door to unlock your vehicle, then switch your vehicle on within 12 seconds.
Note: Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators, but will not disarm the system.
62
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL - VEHICLES WITH: MANUAL ADJUSTABLE STEERING COLUMN
WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 116).
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL - VEHICLES WITH: POWER ADJUSTABLE STEERING COLUMN
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 116).
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.
E191039
1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E161834
Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position.
To adjust: · Tilt: Press the top or bottom of the
control. · Telescope: Press the front or rear of
the control.
E191047
3. Lock the steering column.
63
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
End of Travel Position
The steering column sets a stopping position just short of the end of the column position to prevent damage to the steering column. A new stopping position sets if the steering column encounters an object when tilting or telescoping.
To reset the steering column to its normal stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing the motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column control until the steering column stops moving.
3. Press the steering column control again. The steering column may begin to move again.
4. When the steering column stops, continue holding the control for an additional few seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction as necessary.
A new stopping position is set. The next time you tilt or telescope the steering column, it will stop just short of the end of the column position.
Memory Feature
You can save and recall the steering column position with the memory function. See Memory Function (page 122).
Note: Pressing the adjustment control during memory recall cancels the operation.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
When you switch the ignition off, the steering column will move to allow extra room to exit your vehicle. The column will return to the previous setting when you switch the ignition on. You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See Information Displays (page 86).
AUDIO CONTROL
You can operate the following functions with the control:
E173608
A Seek up and down or next. B Media. C Volume up or down. D Mute.
MEDIA Press repeatedly to scroll through available audio modes. Seek, Next or Previous Press the seek button to: · Tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset. · Play the next or the previous track. Press and hold the seek button to: · Tune the radio to the next station up
or down the frequency band. · Seek through a track.
64
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Steering Wheel
VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)
Type 2
V
E173609
A Phone mode. B Voice recognition. See your SYNC information.
CRUISE CONTROL Type 1
E173611
See Cruise Control (page 173).
INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL
E173610
E173617
See Information Displays (page 86).
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (If
Equipped)
See your SYNC information.
65
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Pedals (If Equipped)
ADJUSTING THE PEDALS
WARNING Never use the controls while your feet are on the accelerator and brake pedals and the vehicle is moving.
You can find the control on the left side of the steering column. Press and hold the appropriate side of the control to move the pedals.
A
B
E162916
A. Farther
B. Closer
You can save and recall the pedal positions with the memory feature. See Memory Function (page 122).
Note: Adjust the pedals only when your vehicle is in P (Park).
66
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 251). Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.
E213986
Rotate the end of the control: · Away from you to increase the wiper
speed. · Toward you to decrease the wiper
speed.
Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers. Note: Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 251). Wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing. In these conditions, you can do the following to help keep your windshield clear: · Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing. · Switch to normal or high-speed wipe. · Switch the autowipers off. The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor, located in the area around the interior mirror. The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns on the wipers. It adjusts the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield. Note: This autowiper feature is automatically set to on and remains on until you switch it off in the information display. You can also switch the feature back on at any time. See General Information (page 86).
E208496
67
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wipers and Washers
Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor. Set the control to low sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield. Set the control to high sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield.
Note: When you set the wiper system to intermittent wipe and the autowiper system is on, the autowiper sensitivity setting adjusts the wiper speed according to the moisture on the windshield only. Use the wiper lever to wipe the windshield on-demand.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive. If the area around the mirror is dirty, then the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.
Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.
Press the end of the wiper lever to activate the washer:
· A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid.
· A quick press and hold causes the wipers to swipe the windshield three times with washer fluid.
· A long press and hold activates the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds.
A wipe occurs a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid. You can switch this feature on and off through the information display. See General Information (page 86).
E213988
68
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
· The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets).
· A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation are:
· A water puddle inside the lamp.
· Streaks, drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
A
E224599
A Off. B Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and tail lamps. C Headlamps. High Beams
E167827
Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on.
Push the lever away from you again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beam off.
69
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Headlamp Flasher
E163268
Slightly pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING The autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure the headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.
A
E224686
When the lighting control is in the autolamps position, the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate.
If equipped, the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display:
· Configurable daytime running lamps.
· Automatic high beam control.
· Adaptive headlamp control.
The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. See Information Displays (page 86).
Note: With the headlamps in the autolamps position, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam headlamps on.
Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps
The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control is in the autolamps position. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on by wiper activation:
· During a mist wipe.
· When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition.
· If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.
70
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER
Note: If you disconnect and connect the battery, or fully discharge and charge the battery, the lighting level will switch to the maximum setting.
E173259
Use the instrument lighting dimmer to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lighting in your vehicle. · Tap the top or bottom of the control
to the first detent to brighten or dim all interior lighting incrementally. · Press and hold the top or bottom of the control to the first detent until you reach the desired lighting level. · Press and hold the top of the control to the second detent to switch the interior lights on. · Press and hold the bottom of the control to the second detent to switch the interior lights off.
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
You can set the delay time to keep the headlamps on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off.
Follow the steps below to change the delay time (Steps 1 through 6 must be done within 10 seconds):
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position.
3. Turn the lighting control to the off position.
4. Switch the ignition on.
5. Switch the ignition off.
6. Turn the lighting control to the autolamp position. The headlamps and parking lamps will turn on.
7. Turn the lighting control to the off position when the desired delay time has been reached. The headlamps and parking lamps will turn off. You can set the headlamp exit delay to one of the following settings:
· Off.
· 10 seconds.
· 20 seconds.
· 120 seconds.
Note: You can also adjust the time delay using the display controls in the instrument cluster. See Information Displays (page 86).
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING
The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Also, the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure the headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.
71
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The ignition is switched to the on position.
2. The lighting control is in the off position, parking lamps position or the autolamps position, and the sensor detects daylight.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL (If Equipped)
The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present. When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle, the tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street lighting, the system will turn off the high beams before they distract other drivers. The low beams remain on.
Note: If it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly, check the windshield in front of the camera for a blockage. A clear view of the road is required for proper system operation. Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera's field-of-view repaired.
Note: If the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, and you do not observe changes, the system will go into low beam mode until you clear the blockage. A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked.
Note: Typical road dust, dirt and water spots will not affect the performance of the automatic high beam system. However, in cold or inclement weather conditions, you will notice a decrease in the availability of the high beam system, especially at start up. If you want to change the beam state independently of the automatic control, you may switch the high beams on or off using the lever. Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct.
Note: Modification of the vehicle ride height such as using much larger tires, may degrade feature performance.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, continuously monitors conditions to decide when to turn the high beams off and on.
Once the system is active, the high beams will turn on if:
· The ambient light level is low enough.
· There is no traffic in front of the vehicle.
· The vehicle speed is greater than 32 mph (52 km/h).
The high beams will turn off if:
· The system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the tail lamps of a preceding vehicle.
· Vehicle speed falls below 27 mph (44 km/h).
· The ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required.
· The system detects severe rain, snow or fog.
· The camera is blocked.
Activating the System
Switch on the system using the information display and autolamps. See Information Displays (page 86).
Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position. See Autolamps (page 70).
72
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Manually Overriding the System
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps will switch on when you have met one of the following conditions: · You open any door. · You press a remote control button. · You press the outer edge of the clear
lens on the front row map lamp.
Front Row Map Lamps
E167827
When the automatic control has activated the high beams, pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam. Use the information display menu to permanently deactivate the system, or switch the lighting control from autolamps to headlamps.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
E163272
· To operate the left direction indicator, push the lever down until it stops.
· To operate the right direction indicator, push the lever up until it stops.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times.
E166237
To switch on the map lamps, press the outer edge of the clear lens.
The front row map lamp will automatically turn on when:
· Any door is opened.
· You press and hold the top of the instrument lighting dimmer switch past the first detent.
· You press any of the remote entry controls and the ignition is in the off position.
73
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Lighting
Second Row Map Lamps
A
E224957
A Reading lamps. The second row lamps light when: · Any door is open. · You press and hold the top of the
instrument lighting dimmer switch past the first detent. · You press any of the remote entry controls and the ignition is in the off position.
74
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS
WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
Bounce-Back
The window will stop automatically while closing. It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
When you override the bounce-back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
Pull up the window switch and hold within a few seconds of the window reaching the bounce-back position. The window travels up with no bounce-back protection. The window stops if you release the switch before the window closes fully.
Window Lock
E146043
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window.
E144072
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.
75
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
GLOBAL OPENING (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature in the information display, or see an authorized dealer. See General Information (page 86).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory delay must not be active.
Opening the Windows
You can open the windows for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control. After you unlock your vehicle, press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows and vent the moonroof. Release the button once movement starts. Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement.
Note: Only the front windows are operated during global opening.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving.
E144073
A Left-hand mirror B Adjustment control C Right-hand mirror
To adjust a mirror: 1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control will illuminate. 2. Adjust the position of the mirror. 3. Press the mirror switch again.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 114).
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function. See Memory Function (page 122).
Auto-Dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver's exterior mirror will automatically dim when the interior auto-dimming mirror is activated.
76
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror housing light when you use your transmitter to unlock the doors or when you open a door.
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)
C
WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear.
Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors. They are designed to increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle.
Check the main mirror first before a lane change, then check the blind spot mirror. If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance, signal that you intend to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes.
B
A
E138665
The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance. The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches (A). The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System (page 186).
77
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving.
SUN VISORS
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up.
E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade. Illuminated Vanity Mirror
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
SUN SHADES (If Equipped)
Note: Do not try to move the sun shade manually. The power rear sun shade covers the rear window of the vehicle.
78
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Windows and Mirrors
Opening and Closing the Moonroof
E210946
The control is on the center console.
The sun shade has a one-touch up and down feature. Press and release the control to move the sun shade. To stop motion, press the control a second time.
The sun shade automatically retracts when you shift the transmission into reverse (R).
MOONROOF (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle. They may seriously hurt themselves.
When closing the moonroof, you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening.
You can manually open or close the sliding shade when the moonroof is closed. Pull the shade toward the front of your vehicle to close it.
The moonroof controls are located on the overhead console and have a one-touch open and close feature. To stop it during one-touch operation, press the control a second time.
E163063
Press and release the SLIDE control to open the moonroof. The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position.
Note: This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open. Press and release the control again to fully open the moonroof.
Pull and release the SLIDE control to close the moonroof.
Bounce-Back
The moonroof will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way.
Pull and hold the SLIDE control within two seconds of a bounce-back event to override this function. While bounce-back is active, the closing force increases for each of the next three times that you close the moonroof.
Venting the Moonroof
Press and release the TILT control to vent the moonroof. Pull and hold the TILT control to close the moonroof.
79
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
GAUGES Type 1
Instrument Cluster
E215240
A Tachometer. B Information display. See General Information (page 86). C Speedometer. D Fuel gauge.
80
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Type 2
Instrument Cluster
E215227
A Left information display. See General Information (page 86). B Speedometer. C Right information display. See your SYNC information.
Information Display
Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display. Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled.
Compass Displays the vehicle's heading direction.
Trip Computer See General Information (page 86).
Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information (page 86).
Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
The needle should move toward F when you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points to E after adding fuel, this indicates your vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling some variability in needle position is normal:
81
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
· It may take a short time for the needle to reach full after leaving the gas station. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station.
· The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station.
· If the gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full, try a different gas pump nozzle.
· There is a small reserve left in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches empty.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the distance to empty reaches 75 miles (120 km), 50 miles (80 km), 25 miles (40 km), 10 miles (20 km) and 0 miles (0 km) .
Variations:
Note: The low fuel warning and distance-to-empty warning can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.
WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp, but do not display when you start your vehicle.
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
The speed control system indicator light changes color to E144524 indicate what mode the system is in. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 174).
On (white light): Illuminates when you switch on the adaptive cruise control system. Turns off when the speed control system is turned off.
Engaged (green light): Illuminates when you engage the adaptive cruise control system. Turns off when you disengage the speed control system.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. You continue to have the normal braking system (without ABS) unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
Automatic High Beam Control
It will illuminate when this feature is on. See Automatic High Beam Control (page 72).
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
E151262
this feature off or in conjunction with a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 186).
82
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Brake System
E144522
It illuminates when you engage the parking brake with the ignition on.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check that the parking brake is not engaged. If the parking brake is not engaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have the system checked immediately by an authorized dealer.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It will take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E71340
It illuminates when you switch this feature on.
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when you switch on the left or right direction indicator or the hazard warning flasher. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb (page 253).
Door Ajar
Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is high. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let cool. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately.
Fasten Seatbelt
It illuminates and a chime sounds to remind you to fasten your seatbelt. See Seatbelt Reminder (page 31).
Front Airbag
If it fails to illuminate when you start your vehicle, continues to flash or remains on, it indicates a malfunction. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
Lights when you switch the front fog lamps on.
83
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
Heads Up Display (If Equipped)
A red beam of lights illuminates on the windshield in certain E156133 instances when using adaptive cruise control and/or the collision warning system. It also illuminates momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works.
High Beam
It illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It flashes when you use the headlamp flasher.
Lane Keeping Aid (If Equipped)
E144813
Lights when the lane keeping system is activated.
Low Fuel Level
It illuminates when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning
It illuminates when your tire pressure is low. If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving, check your tire pressure as soon as possible.
It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
Low Washer Fluid
E132353
It illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is low.
Parking Lamps
It illuminates when you switch the parking lamps on.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when the system detects a powertrain or an AWD fault. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Service Engine Soon
If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after you start the engine, it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system (OBD) has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system. Refer to On board diagnostics (OBD) in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced. See Emission Control System (page 146).
If the light is blinking, engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration) and have your vehicle serviced immediately.
WARNING
Under engine misfire conditions, excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter, the fuel system, interior floor coverings or other vehicle components, possibly causing a fire. Have an authorized dealer service your vehicle immediately.
84
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Instrument Cluster
The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when you first switch on the ignition before engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing.
Normally, the service engine soon light stays on until you crank the engine, then turns itself off if no malfunctions are present. However, if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. See Emission Control System (page 146).
Stability Control
It flashes when the system is active. If it remains illuminated E138639 or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, this indicates a malfunction. During a malfunction the system switches off. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately. See Using Stability Control (page 163).
Stability Control Off
It illuminates when you switch the system off. It goes out when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off. See Using Stability Control (page 163).
Keyless Warning Alert
Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key, after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on, the ignition is off (the key is not in the ignition) and the driver's door is opened.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you leave the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you release the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you leave the key in the ignition and the driver's door is opened.
85
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your vehicle using the information display controls on the steering wheel. Corresponding information appears in the information display.
Information Display Controls (Type 1)
E215242
· Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
· Press the right arrow button to enter a submenu.
· Press the left arrow button to exit a submenu.
· Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.
This icon gives you the ability to switch a feature on or off. A E204495 check in the box indicates the feature is enabled, and unchecked indicates the feature is disabled.
86
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Trip 1 & 2
You can access the menu using the information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
Digital Speedometer Trip Odometer Trip Timer Average Fuel
Trip 1 & 2 Hold OK to Reset
· Digital Speedometer - Shows a digital display of your vehicle speed.
· Trip Odometer -- Registers the distance of individual journeys.
Fuel Economy
· Trip Timer -- The timer stops when you turn your vehicle off and restarts when you restart your vehicle.
· Average Fuel -- Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.
Note: Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip, distance, time and fuel information.
Dist to empty Inst Fuel Econ Average Fuel
Fuel Economy
· Distance to Empty - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running out of fuel.
· Instantaneous Fuel Economy - Shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy along with your Avg MPG since the function was last reset.
· Average MPG -- Shows the average fuel economy since last reset.
Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.
87
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Information
Information
MyKey® Dist. (if key is programmed) -- Distance traveled when a programmed key is in use.
MyKey® Info -- Number of MyKeys and admin keys programmed
Coolant Temp. -- The engine coolant indicator will change colors indicating: blue for cool, gray for normal and red for hot. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.
Settings
In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.
Driver Assist Display
Settings
Traction Ctrl
Blindspot
Collision Warn
Sensitivity Chimes
High, Normal or Low
Warning
Cross Traffic
Cruise Control
Adaptive or Normal
Rear Park Aid
Language Select your applicable language
Units
Distance
Miles & Gal, km/L or L/100km
Temperature
Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C)
Auto Engine Off
Auto Highbeam
Autolamp Off or number of seconds Delay
88
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Convenience MyKey
Settings
Compass Display
DTE calcula- Normal or Towing tion
Easy Entry/Exit
Locks
Autolock
Autounlock
Remote Unlock All Doors or Driver First
Oil Life Reset
Remaining Life XXX% - Hold OK to Reset
Remote Start
Climate Control Auto or Last Settings
Seats and Wheel or Automatic or Off Front Seats
Duration
5, 10 or 15 minutes
System
Windows Remote Open
Remote Close
Wipers
Courtesy Wipe
Rain Sensing
Tire Mobility 1 Year, 2 Years, 3 Years or 4 Years Kit
Create MyKey
Hold OK to Create MyKey
911 Assist Always On or User Selectable
Traction Ctrl
Max Speed 80 mph (130 km/h) or Off
89
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Settings
Volume Limiter
Do Not Disturb
Always On or User Selectable
Clear MyKeys
Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys
Note: Some MyKey items only appear if a MyKey is set. Information Display Controls (Type 2)
E215228
· Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
· Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu.
· Press the left arrow button to exit a menu.
· Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display (escape button).
· Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.
Main Menu
From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display, you can choose from the following categories:
· Display Mode.
· Trip 1 & 2.
· Fuel Economy.
· Driver Assist.
· Settings.
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories and then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category. Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu.
Display Mode
Use the up or down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options.
90
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Display Mode
Option 1 XXX mi (km) to empty, Fuel gauge and Total odometer
Option 2 Round tachometer, Fuel gauge and Total odometer
Option 3
Round tachometer, Engine coolant temp gauge, Fuel gauge and Total odometer
Option 4 Digital speedometer, Fuel gauge and Total odometer
Regardless of display mode chosen, when you use the SelectShift AutomaticTM transmission (SST), the cluster will change to the round tachometer if not already selected.
XXX mi (km) to empty
Shows approximate fuel level before the fuel tank reaches empty. The value is dynamic and can change (raise or lower) depending on driving style.
Fuel gauge
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge indicates approximately how much fuel is in the fuel tank. The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol shows the fuel filler door side of your vehicle. When the fuel level becomes low, the level indicator changes to amber. When the fuel level becomes critically low, the level indicator changes to red.
Note: The fuel gauge level may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or when driving on a slope.
Note: When a MyKey is in use, low fuel warnings display earlier.
Round tachometer
Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute. Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine. During SelectShift AutomaticTM transmission (SST) use, the currently selected gear appears in the display.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.
Trip 1 & 2
You can access the menu using the information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.
91
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Trip 1 & 2
Trip 1 & 2
Trip distance
Elapsed trip time
Average fuel economy
Hold OK to Reset
· Trip distance -- shows the accumulated trip distance.
· Elapsed trip time-- timer stops when the vehicle is turned off and restarts when the vehicle is restarted.
· Average fuel economy -- shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.
Note: You can reset your trip information by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.
Fuel Economy
Use the left or right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display.
Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
Inst Fuel Economy
30 Min Fuel History
Instantaneous fuel usage
X
-
Fuel usage over a 30 minute
-
X
time span
Average MPG
Always Present
XXX mi (km) to E
Always Present
· Inst Fuel Economy - This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy.
· 30 Min Fuel History - This display shows a bar chart of your fuel history.
Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.
Driver Assist
In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.
92
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Traction Control Blindspot Collision Warn Cross Traffic Alert Cruise Control Driver Alert
Front Park Aid Lane Keeping
Rear Park Aid
Driver Assist
Sensitivity
Adaptive or Normal Driver Alert Driver Alert Disp.
Mode Intensity
High, Normal or Low
Alert, Aid or Both High, Normal or Low
Settings
In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.
Vehicle
Settings
Auto Engine Off
DTECalcula- Normal or Towing tion
Easy Entry/Exit
Lighting
Auto Highbeam
Autolamp Delay Off or number of seconds
Locks
Autolock
Autounlock
Remote unlock
All Doors or Driver's Door
Oil Life Reset
Remaining Life XXX% - Hold OK to Reset
93
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
MyKey Display
Information Displays
Settings
Remote Start
Climate Control Auto or Last Settings
Seats and Wheel or Automatic or Off Front Seats
Duration
5, 10 or 15 minutes
System
Tire Mobility 1 Year, 2 Years, 3 Years or 4 Years Kit
Windows Remote Open or Close
Wipers
Courtesy Wipe
Rain Sensing
MyKey Status
MyKeys / Admin Keys
Create MyKey
Hold OK to Create MyKey
911 Assist Always On or User Selectable
Traction Control
Max Speed 80 mph (130 km/h) or Off
Speed Minder
Choose desired speed or off
Volume Limiter
On or Off
Do Not Disturb
Always On or User Selectable
Clear MyKeys
Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys
Distance Miles & Gal., km/L or L/100km
94
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Gauge Display
Language
Temperature
Settings Fuel Gauge or Fuel + Tach
Select your applicable language -- Hold OK to Set Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C)
Note: Some MyKey items only appear if a MyKey is set.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle, not all of the messages will display or be available. Certain messages may display abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.
Adaptive Cruise Control
E213998
Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. Other messages delete automatically after a short time.
You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus.
Message
Adaptive Cruise Malfunction
Adaptive Cruise Not Available
Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Action
A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 174).
Conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 174).
The radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice/mud/water in front of radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Using Adaptive
Cruise Control (page 174).
95
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
AdvanceTracTM
Message Service AdvanceTrac AdvanceTrac Off On
Action The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor.
The driver has disabled or enabled the traction control.
Alarm
Message Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start Vehicle.
Action
Unauthorized entry triggered the alarm. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 62).
Automatic Engine Shutdown
Message
Engine Shuts Off In {seconds to shut off:#0}
Seconds
Engine Shut Off For Fuel Economy
Engine Shuts Off in {seconds to shut off:#0}
Seconds Press Ok to Override
Action The engine is preparing to shutdown.
The engine has shutdown to help increase fuel economy.
The engine is preparing to shutdown. You can press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shutdown.
Automatic High Beam Control
Message
Action
Front Camera Low Visib- The front camera sensor has reduced visibility. Clean the
ility Clean Screen
windshield.
Front Camera Malfunc- The system requires service due to a malfunction. Contact an
tion Service Required
authorized dealer.
Front Camera Tempor- The front camera sensor has malfunctioned. Wait a short
arily Not Available
period of time for the sensor to cool down.
96
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
All Wheel Drive
Message AWD OFF
Check AWD
Change AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube
Action
Displays when the AWD system automatically disables to protect itself. This occurs when you operate the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system overheats. The AWD system resumes normal function and clears this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re-
installed or after you allow the system to cool.
Displays in conjunction with the Throttle Control/Transmission/AWD light when the AWD system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Displays when the AWD system needs its power transfer unit lubrication changed. This message may be set if a vehicle
experiences extended periods of extreme/severe duty cycle driving. See your authorized dealer for service. (Taurus SHO
Performance Package Only)
Battery and Charging System
Message
Action
Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off
The battery management system detects an extended low voltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve the system voltage. Once the system voltage recovers, the disabled features will
operate as normal.
Turn Power Off To Save Battery
The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Switch the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you start the vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads allows faster battery
state-of-charge recovery.
97
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
Message
Action
Blindspot System Fault A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot Not Available The system sensors are blocked. Contact an authorized dealer
Sensor Blocked See as soon as possible. See Blind Spot Information System
Manual
(page 186).
Vehicle Coming From X The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information System (page 186).
Cross Traffic Not Avail- The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
able Sensor Blocked See system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
Manual
System (page 186).
Cross Traffic System A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
Fault
dealer as soon as possible.
Brake System
Message Brake Fluid Level Low Check Brake System Park Brake Engaged
Action
The brake fluid level is low. Check the brake system immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 248).
The brake system needs servicing. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
The parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive your vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after you release the parking brake, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
98
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Collision Warning System
Message Collision Warning
Malfunction
Collision Warning Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Collision Warning Not Available
Action
There is a system malfunction with the collision warning system. The system is disabled. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
The collision warning system radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice/mud/water in front of the radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
There is a system malfunction with the collision warning system. The system is disabled. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Doors and Locks
Message X Door Ajar Trunk Ajar
Action Displays when a door is not completely closed. Displays when the trunk is not completely closed.
Driver Alert
Message
Driver Alert Warning Rest Now
Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested
Action Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.
Take a rest soon.
Fuel
Message Fuel Level Low Check Fuel Fill Inlet
Action An early reminder of a low fuel condition. The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.
99
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
Message
Action
To START Press Brake A reminder to press the brake while starting your vehicle.
No Key Detected
Displays if the system does not detect the intelligent access key in the following three scenarios:
When you press the start/stop button in an attempt to either start the engine or cycle through the ignition states.
When the engine is running and a door is opened then closed. When the vehicle's speed exceeds 10 mph (16 km/h) for the
first time after starting.
Restart Now or Key is Needed
When you press the Start Stop button to shut off the engine, the system does not detect an Intelligent Access key inside
your vehicle.
Accessory Power is Active
Displays when the vehicle is in the accessory ignition state.
Starting System Fault There is a problem with your vehicle's starting system. Contact an authorized dealer for service.
Key Programmed x Keys Displays during spare key programming, when you program
Total
an intelligent access key to the system.
Max Number of Keys You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the
Learned
system.
Lane Keeping System
Message
Action
Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service
Required
The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Front Camera Tempor- The system has detected a condition that has caused the
arily Not Available
system to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Low Visib- The system has detected a condition that requires a clean
ility Clean Screen
windshield to operate properly.
Front Camera Malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer
tion Service Required
as soon as possible.
Keep Hands on Steering The system requests the driver to keep their hands on the
Wheel
steering wheel.
100
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Maintenance
Message
Action
Low Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible. Switch off the engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Change Engine Oil Soon The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Oil Change Required The oil life left reaches 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Engine Coolant Over Temperature
The engine coolant temperature is excessively high.
Washer Fluid Level Low
The washer fluid is low and needs refilling.
Transport Mode Contact Indicates that your vehicle is still in Transport mode. This may
Dealer
not allow some features to operate properly. Contact an
authorized dealer.
Factory Mode Contact Dealer
Indicates that your vehicle is still in Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate properly. Contact an authorized dealer.
MyKey
Message
Action
MyKey not Created
You cannot program a MyKey during key programming.
MyKey Active Drive Safely
MyKey is active.
Speed Limited to XX When starting your vehicle, a MyKey is in use and the MyKey
MPH/km/h
speed limit is on.
Near Vehicle Top Speed When a MyKey is in use, the MyKey speed limit is on and your vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).
Check Speed Drive Safely
MyKey is active.
Buckle Up to Unmute Audio
A MyKey is in use and Belt-Minder is active.
Could Not Program Integrated Key
You attempted to program a spare key using two existing MyKeys.
101
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Park Aid
Message Check Park Aid Check Rear Park Aid Rear Park Aid On Off
Action
Displays when the transmission is in R (Reverse) and the park aid is disabled.
Displays when the transmission is in R (Reverse) and the rear park aid is disabled.
Displays the park aid status.
Passenger Sensing System Message
Message
Action
Occupant Sensor
Displays when objects are by the passenger seat. After you
BLOCKED Remove move the objects away from the seat, if the warning stays on
Objects Near Passenger or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer as
Seat
soon as possible.
Reminder Messages
Message Shift to Park Engine ON
Action
Displays as a reminder to shift into park.
Displayed when the engine is on, the vehicle is in park and the driver's door is opened.
Power Steering
Message
Action
Steering malfunction Service now
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
Service Power Steering The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle
Now
at a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Power Steering Assist Fault
The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system, or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
102
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Remote Start
Message
To Drive: Press Brake and Gear Shift Button
Action
A reminder to apply the brake and push the gearshift button to drive your vehicle after a remote start.
Seats
Message
Action
Memory Recall Not A reminder that memory seats are not available while driving. Permitted While Driving
Memory {0} Saved
Shows where you have saved your memory setting.
Starting System
Message
Action
To START Press Brake A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle.
Cranking Time Exceeded The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start your vehicle.
Engine Start Pending Please Wait
The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.
Pending Start Cancelled
The system has cancelled the pending start.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message Tire Pressure Low
Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
Action
One or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 284).
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 284).
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or your spare tire is in use. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 284).
103
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Traction Control
Message Traction Control Off
Traction Control On
Action
Displays the status of the traction control system. See Using Traction Control (page 161).
Displays the status of the traction control system. See Using Traction Control (page 161).
Transmission
Message
Action
Transmission Malfunction Service Now
Contact an authorized dealer.
Transmission Over Temperature Stop
Safely
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as possible.
Transmission Over- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
heating Stop Safely
safe place as soon as possible.
Transmission Service Required
Contact an authorized dealer.
Transmission Too Hot Press Brake
The transmission is getting hot. Stop to let it cool.
Transmission Limited The transmission has overheated and has limited functionality.
Function See Manual
See Automatic Transmission (page 149).
Transmission Warming The transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before
Up Please Wait
you drive.
Transmission Not in Park
A reminder to shift into park.
Press Brake Pedal
A request for you to apply the brake as needed by the transmission.
Transmission Adjusted
The transmission has adjusted the shift strategy.
104
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Information Displays
Message
Transmission AdaptMode
Transmission IndicatMode Lockup On
Transmission IndicatMode Lockup Off
Action The transmission is adjusting the shift strategy. The transmission is locked and unable to select gears. The transmission is unlocked and free to select gears.
105
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
E212004
A Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. B Defrost: Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. Air distribution
to the instrument panel and footwell vents turns off. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. C Power: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. D A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is switched off. E Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency.
106
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
F Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle.
G MAX A/C: Adjust for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
H Air distribution control: Adjust to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through the following combinations: windshield, windshield/floor, panel, panel/floor, and floor.
I Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 114).
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITHOUT: TOUCHSCREEN DISPLAY
E212005
A Power and Driver temperature control: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. Adjust the temperature setting on the driver side.
B AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding for more than two seconds.
107
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
C Air distribution control: Press to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. You can distribute air through any combination of these vents.
D A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.
E Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency.
F Passenger temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting on the passenger side.
G MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
H Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. I Heated seats: Press to switch the heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats
(page 124). J Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See
Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 114). K Defrost: Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. Air distribution
to the instrument panel and footwell vents turns off. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH: PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See your SYNC information.
108
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
E210701
A MY TEMP: Adjust the temperature setting on the driver side. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when you switch off dual zone mode.
B Power and Fan Speed Control: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
C DUAL: Adjust the temperature setting on the passenger side. D Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The
air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency. E MAX A/C: Adjust for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. F A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is switched off.
109
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
G AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding for more than two seconds.
H Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 114).
I Defrost: Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. Air distribution to the instrument panel and footwell vents turns off. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH: SONY AUDIO SYSTEM
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See your SYNC information.
E210702
110
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
A Defrost: Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents. Air distribution to the instrument panel and footwell vents turns off. You can also use this setting to defrost and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
B Heated rear window: Press to switch the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 114).
C AUTO: Press to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the desired temperature. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. You can also switch off dual zone mode by pressing and holding for more than two seconds.
D Power: Press to switch the system on and off. When the system is off, it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
E Recirculated air: Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve cooling efficiency.
F A/C: Press to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is switched off.
G MAX A/C: Press for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
H DUAL: Adjust the temperature setting on the passenger side. I Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. J TEMP: Adjust the temperature setting on the driver side. This control also
adjusts the passenger side temperature when you switch off dual zone mode.
111
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. If the windows fog up, follow the settings for demisting the windshield.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.
Heating the Interior Quickly
Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your selected temperature as quickly as possible. For the system to function efficiently, the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures, the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents. In addition, the fan may run at a slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside temperatures, or when the inside of the vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. When the interior reaches the selected temperature, the system automatically switches to using outside air.
Vehicle with manual climate control
1 Adjust the fan speed to a high speed setting.
2 Adjust the temperature control to the full heat setting.
3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.
Vehicle with automatic climate control Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting.
112
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Heating
Vehicle with manual climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.
Vehicle with automatic climate control
Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.
Cooling the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control
1 Adjust the temperature control to the Press the MAX A/C button. MAX A/C position.
2 Drive with the windows fully open until you feel cold air through the air vents.
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Vehicle with manual climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
3 Select the instrument panel air vents using the air distribution buttons.
Vehicle with automatic climate control
Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.
113
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather
Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control
1 Select the windshield air vents using the Press the defrost button. air distribution buttons.
2 Press the A/C button if the indicator is Adjust the temperature control to the
off.
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
3 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting.
4 Adjust the fan speed to a high speed setting.
HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS (If Equipped)
Heated Rear Window
Note: Make sure the engine is running before operating the heated windows.
Press the button to clear the heated rear window of thin ice E184884 and fog. The heated rear window will automatically turn off after a short period of time. Start the engine before you switch the heated rear window on.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.
Heated Exterior Mirror (If Equipped)
When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors will automatically turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter, which gives you and your passengers the following benefits:
· It improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration.
· It improves the interior compartment cleanliness.
· It protects the climate control components from particle deposits.
You can locate the cabin air filter behind the glove box.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times. This prevents foreign objects from entering the system. Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system.
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
114
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Climate Control
For additional cabin air filter information, or to replace the filter, see an authorized dealer.
REMOTE START
The remote start feature allows you to pre-condition the interior of your vehicle. The climate control system works to achieve comfort according to your pre-selected settings.
Note: You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation. You cannot switch on the displays or indicators during remote start.
Switch the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings. The following features remain on if they automatically turned on during remote start, or remain off if they did not turn on during remote start.
· Heated seats.
· Cooled seats.
· Heated steering wheel.
· Heated mirrors.
· Heated rear window.
Note: Passenger heated and cooled seats only remain on during remote start if they were on when you switched the vehicle off.
You can adjust the default remote start settings using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 86).
Automatic Settings
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The cooled seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display).
In moderate weather, the system either heats or cools (based on pre-selected settings). The rear defroster, heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically switch on.
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The heated and cooled seats and heated steering wheel are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically switch on.
115
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION
WARNINGS Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor. Do not recline the seatback as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt, resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash. Do not place objects higher than the seatback to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these guidelines:
· Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible.
· Do not recline the seatback more than 30 degrees.
· Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.
· Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.
· Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.
· Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.
· Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving.
The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied.
116
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Front seat head restraint
E138642
Rear seat center head restraint
The head restraints consist of:
A An energy absorbing head restraint.
B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button. D Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D. 3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks.
E138645
117
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Rear seat non-adjustable outboard head restraints
A
B
C
E162872
A An energy absorbing head restraint.
B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold both C buttons. 3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks.
Tilting Head Restraints (If Equipped)
The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following:
E144727
1. Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the forward-most tilt position, pivoting it forward again will then release it to the rearward, untilted position.
MANUAL SEATS (If Equipped)
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward
WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving.
Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged.
118
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Lumbar Adjustment (If Equipped)
E190838
Recline Adjustment
WARNING
Before returning the seatback to its original position, make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback. After returning the seatback to its original position, pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched. An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
E211284
POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Do not adjust the front seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle. Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.
6-way
E201584
E201586
119
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
8-way
Seats
E138647
Note: On vehicles with memory seats, to prevent damage to the seat, the power seats are designed to set a stopping position just short of the end of the seat track. If the seat encounters an object while moving forward or backward, a new stopping position will be set.
To reset the seat to its normal stopping position, do the following.
1. After encountering the new stopping position, press the power seat control again to override.
2. Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the seat track.
3. Continue pressing the control for about two seconds. You will feel the seat bounce back slightly.
120
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Power Lumbar (If Equipped)
Seats
E138648
Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active Motion (If Equipped)
Note: The massage system will turn off after 20 minutes.
Note: The engine must be running or the vehicle must be in accessory mode to activate the seats.
Note: Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate. The seatback and cushion massage cannot function at the same time.
E173202
A Cushion and seat back massage control.
B Lumbar control.
C Power seat controls.
· Seat cushion massage: Press and release the front portion of the massage control (A). Press again to cancel or press the lumbar control to cancel.
· Seatback massage: Press and release the rear portion of the massage button (A). Press again to cancel or press the lumbar control to cancel.
· Lumbar selection: Press either up or down on the lumbar control (B) to select the top, middle, or bottom part of the seatback.
· Lumbar adjust: Press and hold the front of the lumbar control (B) to increase the firmness of the selected portion of the seatback. Press and hold the rear of the lumbar to decrease the firmness.
· Power seat controls (C).
We recommend first selecting the lumbar to the desired setting and then selecting the back or cushion massage setting.
121
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
MEMORY FUNCTION (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Before activating the seat memory, make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts. Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving.
This function automatically recalls the position of these features. · Driver seat. · Power mirrors. · Optional power adjustable pedals. · Optional power steering column. The memory control is on the side seat panel.
E211293
A Type 1 B Type 2
Saving a Preset Position 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Adjust the features to your desired
positions. 3. Press and hold the desired preset
button until you hear a single tone.
You can save up to two preset memory positions. You can save a memory preset at any time.
Recalling a Preset Position
Press and release the desired memory preset button to recall a saved memory position.
Note: You can recall a programmed memory position:
· In any gearshift position if you have switched the ignition off.
· Only in park (P) or neutral (N) if you have switched the ignition on.
You can also recall a preset memory position by:
· Pressing the unlock button on your intelligent access key fob if it is linked to a preset position.
· Unlocking the intelligent driver door handle if a linked key fob is present.
· Entering a personal entry code on the Securicode keypad. See Locks (page 54).
Note: When the ignition is off, a linked fob used to recall your memory position moves the seat and steering column to the Easy Entry position if the Easy Entry and Exit feature is enabled in the information display.
Note: During a memory recall, pressing any seat, steering column, mirror or memory button cancels the operation.
Linking a Preset Position to Your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key
You can save the preset memory positions for up to three remote controls or intelligent access (IA) keys.
1. With the ignition on, move the memory positions to the desired positions.
122
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
2. Press and hold the desired preset button for five seconds. A tone sounds after about two seconds. Continue holding until you hear a second tone.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock button on the remote control you are linking.
To unlink a remote control, follow the same procedure except in Step 3, press the unlock button on the remote control.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature (If
Equipped)
If you enable the easy entry and exit feature, it automatically moves the driver seat position rearward up to two inches (five centimeters) and the steering column up and forward when you switch the ignition off.
When you switch the ignition on, the driver seat and steering column return to the previous position.
You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See Information Displays (page 86).
REAR SEATS
Split-folding Rear Seat
WARNING
Before returning the seatback to its original position, make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback. After returning the seatback to its original position, pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched. An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
E211419
You can fold one or both rear seatbacks.
Pull the strap located on the outboard side of the seatback to release it, then fold the seatback down. Pull up on the seat and push it back until you hear it latch into place.
123
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the heated seat. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat.
· Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
Note: You must switch the ignition on to use this feature.
Rear Heated Seats (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion, or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the seat heater. The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion, because this may cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles, or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat.
· Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
Note: You must switch the ignition on to use this feature.
The rear seat heat controls are located on the rear of the center console.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. More indicator lights indicate warmer settings.
E166817
Press the indicated side of the control for minimum heat. Press again to turn off.
124
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
The heated seats will only function when the engine is running.
E146322
Press the indicated side of the control for maximum heat. Press again to turn off.
The indicator light will illuminate when the heated seats have been activated.
CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS
(If Equipped)
Heated Seats
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion, or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the seat heater. The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion, because this may cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles, or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
Note: Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat. · Operate the seat heater if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. More indicator lights indicate warmer settings. If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the heated seats are on, the feature will turn itself off. You will need to reactivate it. Cooled Seats The cooled seats will only function when the engine is running.
E146309
Press the cooled seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off. More indicator lights indicate cooler settings. If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the cooled seats are on, the feature will turn itself off. You will need to reactivate it.
125
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Seats
Climate Controlled Seat Air Filter Replacement
The climate controlled seat system includes air filters. You must replace them periodically. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
Locate the filters under each front seat and access them from the second-row footwell area. Move the front seats all the way forward and to the full up positions to ease access.
1. First, position the filter in its housing making sure that the far forward end is all the way up in the housing.
2. Push in on the center of the outside edge of the filter and rotate up into the housing until it clips into position.
REAR SEAT ARMREST(IfEquipped)
WARNING Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injure you in a crash.
E146319
To remove an air filter:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Push up on the outside rigid edge of the filter and rotate counterclockwise once the tabs are released, then remove the filter.
E144635
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder. To open the optional storage compartment, pull up on the latch.
E146321
To install a filter: 126
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
HomeLink Wireless Control System
WARNINGS
Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming. Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage.
Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety Standards (this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling the door to stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle, you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. See Erasing the Function Button Codes.
Note: You can program a maximum of three devices. To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed, you must first erase the current settings. See Erasing the Function Button Codes.
E142657
The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand-held garage door opener with a three-button transmitter that is integrated into the driver's sun visor.
The system includes two primary features, a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home. As well as being programmed for garage doors, the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators, security systems, entry door locks and home or office lighting.
Additional system information can be found online at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or by calling the toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515.
In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your hand-held transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink button.
Note: The programming steps below assume you will be programming HomeLink that was not previously programmed.
Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held transmitter. This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
127
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
E142658
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the garage, turn your ignition to the on position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door transmitter 26 in (514 cm) away from the HomeLink button you want to program.
3. Using both hands, simultaneously, press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training.
Note: You may need to use a different method if you live in Canada or have difficulties programming your gate operator or garage door opener. See Gate Operator / Canadian Programming.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for two seconds, then release. You may need to do this twice to activate the door. If your garage door does not operate, watch the HomeLink indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the programming is complete. No further action is needed.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light, the HomeLink button is not programmed yet. See Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor.
To program additional buttons, repeat Steps 1 4. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or 1-800-355-3515. Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor Note: You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E142658
3. Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds, then release. Repeat this step. Depending on your brand of garage door opener, you may need to repeat this sequence a third time.
128
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
Gate Operator / Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to "time-out" (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to "time-out" in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the device during the "cycling" process to prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release, every two seconds, your hand-held transmitter until the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light.
2. Release both the HomeLink and hand-held transmitter buttons.
3. Continue programing HomeLink. See In-Vehicle Programming.
Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
1. Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release the buttons. The codes for all buttons are erased.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, follow Step 1 in the Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com, www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex or 1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener
Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener.
Note: To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode.
E142660
129
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
A
B
E142661
A. Red indicator light
B. Green indicator light
1. Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from green to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode. If done properly the indicator light will appear red.
3. Hold the transmitter within 13 inches (28 centimeters) of the button on the visor you want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter and the button you want to program. The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again. If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red, release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again.
Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully, the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode. To do this:
1. Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from red to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change. If done correctly the indicator light will turn green.
Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note: You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor.
E142662
1. Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the smaller round indicator light should be on.
3. Press and release the program button. The larger purple indicator light will flash.
Note: The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds. 4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter's previously programmed button. Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple.
130
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Universal Garage Door Opener
5. Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves.
Programming is now complete. Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which time both buttons should be released. Programming has now been erased, and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed. FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
131
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNINGS Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.
Do not use a power point for operating a cigar lighter. Incorrect use of the power points can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps.
If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This will damage the power point and blow the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of charge:
· Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running.
· Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.
Locations
Power points may be in the following locations: · On the instrument panel. · Inside the center console. · On the rear of the center console.
132
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Storage Compartments
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cup holder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes, including hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:
Note: Some cup holders have a divider. Pull up on the divider and move it in the slots to best fit the cup you are using.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
E212007
A B
C
Cup holder.
Center storage compartment with auxiliary power point and two USB ports.
Auxiliary power point and rear heated seats control.
E75193
Press near the rear edge of the door to open it.
E212008
Note: Some consoles have panel doors covering the cup holders and switches. Press the doors to open them.
133
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles (8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.
IGNITION SWITCH (If Equipped)
B A
C D
E163165
A (off) - The ignition is off.
Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge.
B (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories, such as the radio, to operate while the engine is not running.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge.
C (on) - All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate.
D (start) - Cranks the engine.
KEYLESS STARTING (If Equipped)
Note: The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones.
Note: A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine.
134
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Ignition Modes
E191075
The keyless starting system has three modes: Off: Turns the ignition off. · Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode, or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving. On: All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. · Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once. Note: You may have to press the push button ignition switch twice to switch the ignition on. Start: Starts the engine. · Press the brake pedal, and then press the button for any length of time. An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts.
STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed increases. This helps to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds without the engine starting before the starting system temporarily disables. The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once. For example, if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time, without the engine starting, you reached the 60-second time limit. A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceeded the cranking time. You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you are limited to a 15-second engine cranking time. You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again.
Before starting your vehicle, check the following:
· Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts.
· Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off.
· Make sure the parking brake is on.
· Make sure the transmission is in park (P).
· Switch the ignition on. For vehicles with a keyless ignition, see the following instructions.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Turn the key to the start position to start the engine.
135
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: The engine may continue cranking
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the
2
first try, wait for a short period and try again.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: You must have your intelligent access key in your vehicle in order to shift the transmission out of park (P).
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
The system does not function if:
· The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
· The key battery has no charge.
1
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do the following:
E198728
1. Open the floor console storage compartment lid.
2. Insert the passive key into the backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the brake pedal then press the push button ignition switch to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle.
Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart your vehicle within 20 seconds of switching it off, even if it does not detect a valid passive key.
136
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off, press the brake pedal and press the push button ignition switch. After 20 seconds, you can no longer start your vehicle if it does not detect a valid passive key.
Once your vehicle starts, it remains running until you press the push button ignition switch, even if your vehicle does not detect a valid passive key. If you open and close a door while your vehicle is running, the system searches for a valid passive key. You cannot start your vehicle if the system does not detect a valid passive key within 20 seconds.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure:
1. Fully depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and hold it there.
4. Start the engine.
Automatic Engine Shutdown
For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this feature automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds. If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, your vehicle shuts down. Another message appears in the information display to inform you that your vehicle has shut down to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you normally do.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic shutdown feature. When you switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the next ignition cycle.
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the timer, at any point before the 30-second countdown has expired by doing any of the following:
· You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle, for example pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.
· You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on using the information display. See Information Displays (page 86). The feature only remains off for the current ignition cycle.
· During the 30-second countdown, the system prompts you to press OK or RESET to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only.
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Switch the ignition off.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits and all warning lamps and indicators will be turned off.
Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes, the ignition and engine automatically shut down.
137
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance. The steering will not lock, but higher effort will be required. When the ignition is switched off, some electrical circuits, including air bags, warning lamps and indicators may also be off. If the ignition was turned off accidentally, you can shift into neutral (N) and re-start the engine.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P) and switch the ignition off.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P).
3. Press and hold the push button ignition switch, or press it three times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING
If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes. Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following: · Open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm). · Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock.
Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its own weight when using the engine block heater. This could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source.
138
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Starting and Stopping the Engine
We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation:
· Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter's Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.
· Use as short an extension cord as possible.
· Do not use multiple extension cords.
· Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.
· Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.
· Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.
· Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.
· Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use.
· Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.
139
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled.
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Gasoline may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel:
· Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle.
· Always turn off the vehicle before refueling.
· Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours.
· Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.
· Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.
· Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If fuel is splashed on the skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation.
· Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. If fuel is splashed on the skin, wash the affected areas immediately with plenty of soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience any adverse reactions.
140
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
We recommend regular unleaded gasoline with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87, particularly in high altitude areas. We do not recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87. For vehicles with EcoBoost engines, to provide improved performance, we recommend premium fuel for severe duty usage such as trailer tow. Do not use any fuel other than those recommended because they could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: Use of any fuel other than those recommended can impair the emission control system and cause a loss of vehicle performance. Do not use: · Diesel fuel. · Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. · Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel. · Fuels containing methanol. · Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based compounds.
· Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
· Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is prohibited by law).
The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system. Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage.
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel Vehicles
E161513
Use regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87, or regular unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 85% ethanol (E85). Flex fuel vehicles have a yellow fuel filler cap or the fuel tank filler pipe will have a yellow housing or bezel. Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87, particularly in high altitude areas. Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended.
141
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Do not use any fuel other than those recommended because they could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Use of any fuel other than those recommended can impair the emission control system and cause a loss of vehicle performance.
Do not use:
· Diesel fuel.
· Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
· Fuels containing more than 85% ethanol or E100 fuel.
· Fuels containing methanol.
· Fuels containing metallic-based additives, including manganese-based compounds.
· Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
· Leaded fuel (using leaded fuel is prohibited by law).
The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.
Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is located in the spare wheel storage tray.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
· Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel to restart the engine. If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep slope, more fuel may be required.
· You may need to switch the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container:
· Only use an approved fuel container to transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it.
· Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).
· Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it.
· Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container
WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel system filler neck. This may damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.
142
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
WARNINGS Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others. Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the plastic funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 142). Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: 1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until
it engages. 2. Fully insert the plastic funnel into the
fuel tank filler pipe opening.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container.
4. Remove the plastic funnel from the fuel tank filler pipe opening.
5. Fully close the fuel tank filler door.
6. Clean the plastic funnel and place it back in your vehicle or properly dispose of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.
Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling.
When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank.
Stop refueling when the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the first time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.
Note: Your vehicle does not have a fuel filler cap.
143
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
A
B
A
C
D
E206911
A Type 1: Left hand side - press the fuel tank filler door to open it.
B Type 1: Right hand side - press the fuel tank filler door to open it.
C Type 2: Left hand side - pull the fuel tank filler door to open it.
D Type 2: Right hand side - pull the fuel tank filler door to open it.
1. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until it engages.
E139202
Note: When you insert the correct size fuel pump nozzle a spring loaded inhibitor will open.
2. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep it resting on the cover of the fuel tank filler pipe opening.
A
B
E139203
3. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in the lower position B when refueling. Holding the fuel pump nozzle in the higher position A may affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
144
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
A
B
E206912
4. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown.
E119081
5. Slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and then slowly remove it.
6. Fully close the fuel tank filler door. Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel. Incorrect fuel use can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle checked immediately.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty. The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range.
· The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be added into the tank after the gauge indicates empty.
· The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294). It is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve.
· Due to the empty reserve, you may not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank even when the fuel gauge reads empty.
Filling the Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
· Turn the ignition off before fueling; an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running.
· Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled.
· Allow no more than one automatic shut-off when refueling.
Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is your engine's break-in period). A more accurate measurement is obtained after 2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi (4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading.
145
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading.
To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100 kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city or highway). This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle's fuel economy under current driving conditions. Keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy.
Conditions
· Heavily loading your vehicle reduces fuel economy.
· Carrying unnecessary weight in your vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
· Adding certain accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards and ski racks may reduce fuel economy.
· Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy.
· Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures.
· Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances.
· You will get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNINGS Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire.
WARNINGS
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly:
· Use only the specified fuel listed.
· Avoid running out of fuel.
· Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving, especially at high speeds.
· Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule.
The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly.
146
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicle's emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engine's emission control system. The system protects the environment by making sure that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists a service technician in properly servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel--the engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel--the engine may misfire or run poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. See Refueling (page 143).
4. Driving through deep water--the electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city and highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work, your vehicle may need service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
147
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuel and Refueling
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing.
If the vehicle's engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that your vehicle is ready for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you can perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least eight hours with the ignition off. Then, start the vehicle and complete the above driving cycle. The vehicle must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the vehicle until the above driving cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you need to repeat the above driving cycle.
148
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in park (P). Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle. Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury.
Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic Transmission Putting your vehicle in gear: 1. Fully press down the brake pedal. 2. Press and hold the button on the front
of the gearshift lever. 3. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear. 4. Release the button and your
transmission will remain in the selected gear.
E142629
Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and prevents the wheels from turning.
Reverse (R)
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your vehicle will move backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R).
Neutral (N)
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your vehicle can be started and is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down while in this position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy. The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through six.
Sport (S)
Moving the gearshift lever to sport (S): · Provides additional grade (engine)
braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs, hilly terrain or mountainous areas. This will increase engine RPM during engine braking. · Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy. · Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds.
SelectShift AutomaticTM Transmission
Your SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to manually change gears.
If equipped with a toggle on the gearshift lever:
149
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
E142629
· Press the (+) button to upshift. · Press the (-) button to downshift. If equipped with steering wheel paddles:
E144821
· Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift. · Pull the left paddle (-) to downshift. With your vehicle in drive (D), the paddle shifters provide temporary manual control. They allow you the ability to shift gears quickly, without taking your hands off the steering wheel. You can achieve extensive manual control by moving the gearshift lever to sport (S). The system determines when temporary manual control is no longer in use and returns to automatic control. Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart:
Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)
Shift from:
1 - 2
15 mph (24 km/h)
2 - 3
25 mph (40 km/h)
3 - 4
40 mph (64 km/h)
4 - 5
45 mph (72 km/h)
5 - 6
50 mph (80 km/h)
The instrument cluster will display the selected gear that you are currently in and a shift indicator arrow to assist in optimizing shifting.
SelectShift will automatically make some shifts for you in the event that your engine speed is running at too high, or too low an RPM.
Note: Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting.
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working.
When doing this procedure, you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheel chocks if appropriate.
If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. See your authorized dealer.
150
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Transmission
Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery. Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure. 1. Using a screwdriver (or similar tool),
remove the insert next to the gearshift lever.
E206120
2. Locate the brake shift interlock lever on the passenger side of the shifter assembly.
3. Apply the brake pedal. Using a screwdriver (or similar tool), press and hold the brake shift interlock lever while pulling the gearshift lever out of park (P) and into neutral (N).
4. Reinstall the insert next to the gearshift lever.
5. Start your vehicle and release the parking brake.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used.
Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning
This feature may increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle. A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts, soft shifts or both. This operation is considered normal and does not affect function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
151
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to power the vehicle. This increases traction, enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle cannot. The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator.
Note: Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off-road use. The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off-road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level, obstruction-free and otherwise similar to normal on-road driving conditions. Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty.
Note: The Power Transfer Unit (PTU) in Taurus SHOTM performance package vehicles does not require any normal scheduled maintenance. The system is electronically monitored and notifies the driver of required service by displaying the message Change AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube in the information display. The PTU lubricant will be more likely to require a fluid change if the vehicle has experienced extended periods of extreme or severe duty cycle driving. Do not check or change the PTU lubricant unless the unit shows signs of leakage or a message indicating required service is displayed. Contact an authorized dealer for service if the PTU was submerged in water and to reset the PTU lube life monitor.
Note: When an AWD system fault is present, the warning Check AWD displays in the information display. The AWD system is not functioning correctly and defaulted to front-wheel drive. When this warning displays, have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer.
Note: The AWD OFF message may also appear in the information display if the AWD system overheats and defaults to front-wheel drive. This may occur if the vehicle is operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip, such as deep sand. To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes. After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled, the AWD OFF message will turn off and normal AWD function returns. If the engine is not stopped, the AWD OFF message turns off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns.
152
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
All-Wheel Drive Messages AWD Messages
AWD OFF
Check AWD
Change AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube
Action / Description
Displayed when the system has been automatically disabled to protect itself. This is caused by operating the vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system is overheating. The system will resume normal function and clear this message after cycling the ignition on and off and driving a short distance with the road tire re-installed or after the system is allowed to cool.
Displayed in conjunction with the powertrain malfunction/reduced power light when the system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Displayed when the system needs its power transfer unit lubrication changed. This message may be set if the vehicle has experienced extended periods of extreme/ severe duty cycle driving.
Operating AWD Vehicles With Spare Tires
A spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used. The AWD system may disable automatically and enter front-wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components if a non-full sized tire is installed. This condition may display an AWD OFF message in the information display. If there is an AWD OFF message in the information display from using a non-full sized spare tire, this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on. It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front
and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch high profile tires on the rear axle) could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front-wheel drive or damage the AWD system.
153
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Operating AWD Vehicles With Mismatched Tires
WARNING
Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. If you have questions regarding tire replacement, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch high profile tires on the rear axle) could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front-wheel drive or damage the AWD system. However, the AWD system is capable of tolerating any combination of new and worn tires of the same original tire size. For example, using 3 worn tread tires and 1 new tread tire all of the same original tire size, can be tolerated by the AWD system.
Driving In Special Conditions With All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the highway.
When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures, use a low gear when possible. Lower gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine.
Basic operating principles in special conditions
· Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle.
· Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice.
154
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement
· If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow down, but avoid severe brake application, ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface.
· It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
· It often may be less risky to strike small objects, such as highway reflectors, with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover. Remember, your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the transmission is in P (Park). Turn the ignition to the lock position or turn the vehicle off using the start/stop button and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. See your authorized dealer.
Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM, it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM system while attempting to rock the vehicle.
Emergency Maneuvers
· In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made, remember to avoid "over-driving" your vehicle (that is, turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency). Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control, not more. Additionally, smooth variations of the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
· In the event of an emergency stop, avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements.
· If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (that is, from concrete to gravel) there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver (steering, acceleration or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.
155
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Sand
Most of the time traction control improves tire traction by managing wheel slip through Brake, Engine, and AWD calibrations. However, during low speed driving, disabling traction control in deep sand can help keep the wheels moving to maintain vehicle momentum.
When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels.
Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for an extended period of time. This could cause the AWD system to overheat and default to front-wheel drive. If this occurs, an AWD OFF message displays in the information display. To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes. After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled, the AWD OFF message turns off and normal AWD function returns. In the event the engine is not stopped, the AWD OFF message turns off when the system cools and normal AWD function returns.
When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures, use L (Low) gear when possible. L (Low) gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle. Remember, you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake capability may be limited.
When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom of the hubs (for trucks) (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the vehicle may stall.
Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud. Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud. As when you are driving over sand, apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle does slide, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components.
Note: Driving through deep water may damage the transmission.
If the front or rear axle is submerged in water, have the power transfer unit (PTU) or rear axle serviced by an authorized dealer.
E143950
156
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
"Tread Lightly" is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land-use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by "treading lightly."
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possibly rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer.
Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline, you should always try to drive straight up or straight down.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If you do stall out, do not try to turnaround because you might roll over. It is better to back down to a safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill. Too much power will cause the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
E143949
Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating. Do not descend in neutral; instead, disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle.
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore apply the brakes steadily. Do not "pump" the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING
If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death. If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage.
AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle.
157
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice, it won't stop any faster, because as in other vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not become overconfident as to road conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears. In emergency stopping situations, apply the brake steadily. Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not "pump" the brakes. See Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 159).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability. For this reason, Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control. Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device (such as ladder or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety. Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off-highway usage.
158
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have it checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels (page 261).
Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps may flash during heavy braking. Following this, your hazard lights may also flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.
E144522
See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 82).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the transmission to park (P), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer.
Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal, and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on. If the light does not illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is disabled, normal braking is still effective.
If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the E144522 parking brake, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal may pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when:
· You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you.
· Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
· You take corners too fast.
· The road surface is poor.
159
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Brakes
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the transmission is locked in park (P). Failure to set the parking brake and engage park could result in vehicle roll-away, property damage or bodily injury.
To set the parking brake, press the parking brake pedal down to its fullest extent. The brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster will illuminate and remains illuminated until the parking brake is released. To release the parking brake, press the parking brake pedal down again. If you are parking your vehicle on a grade or with a trailer, press and hold the brake pedal down, then set the parking brake. There may be a little vehicle movement as the parking brake sets to hold the vehicle's weight. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. If needed, press and hold the service brake pedal down, then try reapplying the parking brake. Chock the wheels if required. If the parking brake cannot hold the weight of the vehicle, the parking brake may need to be serviced or the vehicle may be overloaded.
160
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING
The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily if the system detects a failure. Make sure you did not manually disable the traction control system using the information display controls or the switch. If the stability control and traction control light is still illuminating steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off, stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
When you switch the system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status.
You can switch the system off by either using the information display controls or the switch.
Using the Information Display Controls
You can switch this feature off or on in the information display. See General Information (page 86).
Using a Switch (If Equipped)
Use the traction control switch on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on.
The switch illuminates when traction control is off.
System Indicator Lights and Messages
E138639
The stability and traction control light:
· Temporarily illuminates on engine start-up.
· Flashes when a driving condition activates either of the systems.
· Illuminates if a problem occurs in either of the systems.
The stability and traction control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on when you switch the traction control system off.
161
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It's always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator's ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following conditions:
· The stability and traction control light flashes.
· Your vehicle slows down.
· Reduced engine power.
· A vibration in the brake pedal.
· The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
· If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal may move as the system applies higher brake forces.
The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability to prevent skids or lateral slides by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, reducing engine power.
162
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 161).
A Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route.
B Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface.
B A
E72903
B
B
A
B
A
USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control system off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the system deactivates.
On SHO models only, you can disable the stability control system when you press and hold the stability control button for more than five seconds with your vehicle at a stop and your foot on the brake.
You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 161).
163
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Stability Control
Stability Control Features
Button Functions
Mode
Icon Status
Electronic Traction Control
Stability Control
System
Default at start- Stability and On during bulb
up
traction control
check
fully enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Button pressed Traction control
On
momentarily
off
Enabled
Disabled
Button pressed Sport mode
On
twice; brakes
(SHO with
applied
performance
pack only)
Enabled
Enabled
Button pressed Stability control
On
and held more disabled (SHO
than 5 seconds; with perform-
brakes applied; ance pack only)
no throttle
Disabled
Disabled
Button pressed Stability control
Off
again after
fully enabled
deactivation
Enabled
Enabled
The SHO with performance package is equipped with sport mode. This will allow you to reduce normal stability control system intervention and provide a more spirited driving experience.
To enter sport mode, press the stability control button twice rapidly with the brakes applied.
You will see a message appear in the information display that the system is now in sport mode.
Note: Sport mode is not intended to be used on public roadways.
164
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section. Sensing is only an aid for some (generally large and fixed) objects when moving on a flat surface at parking speeds. Certain objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves, surrounding vehicle's parking aid systems, traffic control systems, fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air brakes, and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging your vehicle. The system may not detect smaller objects, particularly those close to the ground.
Certain add-on devices such as large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system, may create false beeps.
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are covered, the system's accuracy can be affected. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.
Note: The sensing system cannot be turned off when a MyKey is present. See Principle of Operation (page 48).
Note: If you attach certain add-on devices such as a trailer or bike rack, the rear sensing system may detect that add-on device and therefore provide warnings. It is suggested that you disable the rear sensing system when you attach an add-on device to your vehicle to prevent these warnings.
The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system turns on automatically whenever you switch the ignition on.
The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). See General Information (page 86).
If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display. See Information Messages (page 95).
REAR PARKING AID
The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in reverse (R). As your vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the rate of the audible warning increases. When the obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away, the warning sounds continuously. If the system detects a stationary or receding object farther than 12 in (30 cm) from the corners of the bumper, the tone sounds for only three seconds. Once the system detects an object approaching, the warning sounds again.
165
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
E130178
Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from the rear bumper. There may be decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper.
The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in reverse (R) :
· Your vehicle is moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
· Your vehicle is not moving, but a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
· Your vehicle is moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h).
The system provides audio warnings only when your vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is stationary and the detected obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away from the bumper.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Designed to be a supplementary park aid, this system may not work in all conditions. This system cannot replace the driver's attention and judgment. The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed, even when the system is in use.
Active Park Assist does not apply the brakes under any circumstances.
Note: The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle, supervising the system and intervening if required by grabbing the steering wheel or pressing the active park assist button (if equipped).
Note: The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain, snow or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections.
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors can affect the system's accuracy. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves.
Active Park Assist is an electric parking aid that uses ultrasonic sensors. The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers your vehicle into the space (hands-free) while you control the accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The system visually and audibly instructs you to park your vehicle.
166
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space (a pedestrian or cyclist) or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high off the ground (for example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed truck). If you are uncomfortable with the proximity to any vehicle or object, you may choose to override the system.
The system may not operate correctly in any of the following conditions:
· You use a spare tire or a tire significantly worn more than the other tires.
· One or more tires are improperly inflated.
· You try to park on a tight curve.
Do not use the system if:
· You have attached a bike rack, trailer or similar object to the front or rear of your vehicle, close to the sensors.
· You have attached an overhanging object (surfboard) to the roof.
· The front bumper or side sensors are damaged or obstructed (front bumper cover).
· The correct tire size is not in use on your vehicle (for example, a mini-spare tire).
Using Active Park Assist
E144525
Press the button to turn the system on or off.
When driving at a speed less than 22 mph (35 km/h), the system automatically scans both sides of your vehicle for an available parking space. A message and a corresponding graphic appears in the display screen to indicate it is searching for a parking space. Use the direction indicator to indicate which side of your vehicle you want the system to search.
Note: If the direction indicator is not on, the system automatically searches on your vehicle's passenger side.
E130107
When the system finds a suitable space, the touchscreen displays a message and a chime sounds. Slow down, continue moving forward and stop when another chime sounds and a message displays on the touchscreen, then follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
Note: You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver.
Note: Active park assist may not detect vehicles with overhanging loads (a bus or a truck), street furniture and other items. You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking.
167
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: You should drive your vehicle within 5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel to the other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space.
Note: The system always offers the last detected parking space (for example, if your vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving, it offers the last one).
Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph (35 km/h), the display screen shows a message to alert you to reduce your vehicle speed.
Automatic Steering into Parking Space
Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 22 mph (35 km/h) or the maneuver is interrupted (driver input is detected), the system switches off and you need to take full control of your vehicle.
Note: If a maneuver is interrupted before completion, the system switches off. The steering wheel position will not indicate the actualy position of the steering and you have to take full control of your vehicle.
When you shift the transmission into reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel (and nothing obstructing its movement), your vehicle steers itself into the space. The system displays instructions to move your vehicle back and forth in the space.
E130108
When you think your vehicle has enough space in front and behind it, or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid (accompanied by a touchscreen display message and a chime), bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
When automatic steering is finished, the display screen displays a message and a chime sounds, indicating that the active park assist process is done. The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in park (P).
Deactivating the Park Assist Feature
Manually deactivate the system by:
· Pressing the active park assist button during an active maneuver.
· Grabbing the steering wheel during an active maneuver.
· Driving above approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an active park search.
· Driving above 22 mph (35 km/h) during automatic steering.
· Turning off the traction control system.
168
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system, such as: · Traction control has activated on a
slippery or loose surface. · There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure. · Something touches the steering wheel.
Troubleshooting the System
If a problem occurs with the system, a warning message is displayed, followed by a chime. Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation. For recurring or frequent system faults, contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced.
The system does not look for a space
The traction control system may be off.
The transmission is in reverse (R); your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space.
The system does not offer a particular space
The sensors may be covered (for example, snow, ice or dirt buildup). Covered sensors can affect the system's functionality
There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space.
The parking space is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) or closer than 16 in (40 cm) away.
Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h).
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.
The system does not position your vehicle where I want in the space
Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (rolling forward when reverse [R] is selected).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle properly.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly.
Your vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space. The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space.
169
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The system does not position your vehicle where I want in the space
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes).
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (salt sprayer, snowplow, moving truck bed, etc).
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (driving from a heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash).
You didn't wait for the steering to complete its rotation after a gear change. The system performs best when the steering wheel is allowed to finish rotating before accelerating.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNINGS
The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.
Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop your vehicle.
Use caution when using the rear video camera and the luggage compartment door is ajar. If the luggage compartment door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines disappear when the luggage compartment door is ajar.
Use caution when turning camera features on or off. Make sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle. During operation, lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle's path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle.
E142435
The camera is located on the luggage compartment door. Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R).
170
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.
The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle:
· Active guidelines (if equipped): Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing.
· Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you.
· Centerline: Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object (for example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the luggage compartment door or liftgate is open, no rear view camera features will display.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear when you connect the trailer tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions:
· Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating.
· Mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.
· The rear of your vehicle is hit or damaged, causing the camera to become misaligned.
Camera Guidelines
Note: Active guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).
A
BC D E
F
E142436
A Active guidelines (If equipped) B Centerline C Fixed guideline: Green zone D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone E Fixed guideline: Red zone F Rear bumper
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If you change the steering wheel position while reversing, your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path.
171
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Parking Aids
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. The active guidelines do not display when the steering wheel position is straight.
Always use caution while reversing. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away. Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle may not show. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When you enable manual zoom, only the centerline is shown.
Selectable settings for this feature are Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the symbol in the camera screen to change the view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle. The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference. The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse (R).
Camera System Settings
The rear view camera system settings can be accessed through the display screen. See General Information (page 86).
Enhanced Park Aids or Park Pilot
Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF.
The system uses red, yellow and green highlights that appear on top of the video image when any of the sensing systems detect an object.
Rear Camera Delay
Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF.
The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF.
When shifting the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear other than park (P), the camera image remains in the display until:
· Your vehicle speed reaches approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
· You shift your vehicle into park (P).
172
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes. Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Note: Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the set speed while driving uphill.
E173592
The cruise controls are on the steering wheel.
Switching Cruise Control On
Press and release ON.
E71340
The indicator appears in the instrument cluster.
Setting the Cruise Speed
1. Drive to desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+ or SET-. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
The indicator changes color in the instrument cluster.
Changing the Set Speed
· Press and release Set+ or Set-. When you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 2 km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 mph increments.
· Press and hold Set+ or Set- to increase or decrease the set speed. Release the control when you reach the desired speed.
· Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release Set+ or Set-.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed will not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press and release CNCL or tap the brake pedal. The set speed does not erase.
Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES.
173
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control Off
Press and release OFF when the system is in stand by mode or switch the ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed when you switch the system off.
USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Always pay close attention to changing road conditions when using adaptive cruise control. The system does not replace attentive driving. Failing to pay attention to the road may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control is not a crash warning or avoidance system.
Adaptive cruise control will not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
Adaptive cruise control does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
Adaptive cruise control does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway, in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding, slippery or unpaved.
Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.
WARNINGS
Do not use adaptive cruise control when towing a trailer that has trailer brakes. The auto-brake component of the adaptive cruise control system does not operate the trailer brakes. Using adaptive cruise control when towing a trailer that has trailer brakes may result in the loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.
Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select from one of four gap settings.
E173593
The adaptive cruise controls are on the steering wheel.
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
Press and release ON.
E144529
The indicator appears in the instrument cluster.
174
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
E173594
The current gap setting and SET also appears in the instrument cluster. Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed 1. Drive to desired speed. 2. Press and release Set+ or Set-. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal. 4. The information display will show a
green indicator light, current gap setting and desired set speed.
E173595
5. A vehicle graphic illuminates if there is a vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display.
Following a Vehicle
WARNINGS When following a vehicle in front of you, your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop, nor will your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Always apply the brakes when necessary. Failing to do so may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. You should always apply the brakes when necessary. Failing to do so may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Note: The brakes may emit a sound when modulated by the adaptive cruise control system.
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. The distance setting is adjustable.
The lead vehicle graphic will illuminate.
To help you pass a vehicle in front of you, the adaptive cruise control system may provide a small temporary acceleration when you switch on your left turn signal while following a lead car.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until:
· the vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed
· the vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view
· the vehicle speed falls below 16 mph (26 km/h)
· a new gap distance is set.
175
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
The vehicle will apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front. The maximum braking which the system can apply is limited. You can override the system by applying the brakes.
If the system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient, an audible warning will sound while the system continues to brake. This is accompanied by a heads-up display; a red warning bar illuminating on the windshield. You should take immediate action.
Setting the Gap Distance
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions.
E173593
You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by pressing the gap control.
E173595
The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic. Four gap distance settings are available.
Adaptive cruise control, distance between vehicle settings
Set speed mph ( km/h)
Graphic display, bars indicated
between vehicles
Time gap, seconds
Distance gap yd (m)
62 (100)
1
1
31 (28)
62 (100)
2
1.4
43 (39)
62 (100)
3
1.8
55 (50)
62 (100)
4
2.2
67 (61)
Dynamic behavior
Sport Normal Normal Comfort
176
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Each time you start the vehicle, the system will select the last chosen gap for the current driver.
Disengaging Adaptive Cruise Control
Press the brake pedal or press CNCL. The last set speed will appear in grey.
Overriding Adaptive Cruise Control
WARNING
Whenever the driver is overriding the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, the system will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead.
You can override the set speed and gap distance by pressing the accelerator pedal.
When you override the system, the green indicator light E144529 illuminates and the lead vehicle graphic does not show in the information display.
The system will resume operation when you release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle speed will decrease to the set speed, or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
Changing the Set Speed
· Press and release Set+ or Set-. When you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 2 km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 mph increments.
· Press and hold Set+ or Set- to increase or decrease the set speed. Release the control when you reach the desired speed.
· Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release Set+ or Set-.
The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed will not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set.
Resuming the Set Speed
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it.
Press and release RES. The vehicle will return to the previously set speed. The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active.
Low Speed Automatic Cancellation
The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 16 mph (26 km/h). An audible alarm will sound and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed.
177
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Hilly Condition Usage
Note: An audible alarm will sound and the system will shut down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool down. The system will function normally again when the brakes have cooled down.
You should select a lower gear position when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle's regular brake system to prevent them from overheating.
Switching the System Off
Note: The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system.
Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition.
Detection Issues
WARNING
On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required.
The radar sensor has a limited field of vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations. The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you.
E71621
Detection issues can occur:
A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front.
B With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane.
C There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.
In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly. The driver should stay alert and intervene when necessary.
178
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detections. See an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
Blocked Sensor
A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The sensor is located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and will not function when something obstructs the radar signals. The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying.
E145632
Cause
Action
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way.
or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several but the message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals.
Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead.
Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions
of the road may interfere with the radar because it may not detect any vehicles
signals.
ahead.
You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise other vehicles and no roadside objects. control.
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked. This can happen, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle.
179
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Cruise Control
Switching to Normal Cruise Control
WARNING
Normal cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.
You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display.
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
E71340
control indicator light if you
select normal cruise control.
The gap setting will not display, the system will not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking will not activate. The system defaults to adaptive cruise control when you start the vehicle.
180
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
DRIVER ALERT (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING
The driver alert system is designed to aid you. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention.
Note: The system will store the on or off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles.
Note: If enabled in the menu, the system will be active at speeds above 40 mph (64 km/h). When below the activation speed, the information display will inform the driver that the system is unavailable.
Note: The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera.
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged, the system may not function.
Note: The system may not be available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions.
The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold, the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the cluster display.
USING DRIVER ALERT
Switching the System On and Off
Switch the system on or off using the information display. See General Information (page 86).
When activated, the system will monitor your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings, and other factors.
System Warnings
Note: The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h). The warning system has two stages. At first, the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest. This message will only appear for a short time. If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness, it may issue another warning that will remain in the information display for a longer time. You can press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning.
System Display
When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue a warning if required. You can view the status at any time using the information display. See General Information (page 86). The alertness level is shown by six steps in a colored bar.
E131358
The current assessment of your alertness is within a typical range.
181
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
E131359
The current assessment of your alertness indicates that you should rest as soon as safely possible.
The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases. As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red.
The yellow position indicates the first warning is active and the red position indicates the second warning is active.
Note: If you have recently received a warning; you should consider resting, even if the current assessment is within the typical range.
Note: If the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if your vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h), the alertness level will change to grey for a short time and the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable.
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:
· Switching the ignition off and on. · Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver's door.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention.
WARNINGS At all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening if required.
The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace the driver's attention and judgement. The driver is still responsible to drive with due care and attention.
In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, spray can all limit sensor performance.
Large contrasts in lighting can limit sensor performance.
The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.
The vehicle should be taken to an authorized dealer for inspection if damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor.
Note: The system works above 40 mph (64 km/h).
Note: The system works as long as the camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: The system may not function if the camera is blocked or there is damage to the windshield.
Note: When Aid mode is on and the system detects no steering activity for a short period, the system will alert you to put your hands on the steering wheel. The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving.
182
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
The system notifies you to stay in your lane through the steering system and the instrument cluster display when the front camera detects an unintentional drift out of your lane is likely to occur. The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera mounted behind the interior rear view mirror.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey is detected. If the system detects a MyKey it defaults to on and the mode is set to Alert.
Note: If a MyKey is detected, pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system.
E144813
Press the button located on the center console to switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus available. To view or adjust the settings, See General Information (page 86). The system stores the last-known selection for each of these settings. You do not need to readjust your settings each time you turn on the system.
Mode (if equipped): This setting allows you to select which of the system features you can enable.
E165515
Alert only Provides a steering wheel vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure. Note: Some vehicles are equipped with the alert function only.
E165516
Aid only (if equipped) Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure.
E165517
A Alert B Aid Alert + Aid (if equipped) Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center. If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane, the system provides a steering wheel vibration.
183
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate general zone coverage. They do not provide exact zone parameters. Intensity (if equipped): This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert and alert + aid modes. This setting does not affect the aid mode. · Low · Normal · High System Display
E151660
When you switch on the system, an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will display in the information display. If you select aid mode when you switch on the system, a separate white icon will also appear or in some vehicles arrows will display with the lane markings. When you switch off the system, the lane marking graphics will not display. While the system is on, the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status.
Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side(s). This may be because:
· Your vehicle is under the activation speed.
· The turn indicator is active.
· Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
· The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field-of-view.
· The camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions (significant sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or fog), traffic conditions (following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane), or vehicle conditions (poor headlamp illumination).
See Troubleshooting for additional information.
Green: Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention, on the indicated side(s).
Yellow: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed at any time by the following:
· Quick braking.
· Fast acceleration.
· Using the turn signal indicator.
· Evasive steering maneuver.
184
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Troubleshooting Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road? Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking Driving at high speeds in curves The last Alert warning or Aid intervention occurred a short time ago Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones) Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvanceTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads) Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads
185
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds
Large road crown
Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure
If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been modified
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
WARNING To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving.
A
A
The Blind Spot Information System is designed to aid you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the bumper. The system is designed to alert you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving.
Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not prevent contact with other vehicles or objects; nor detect parked vehicles, people, animals or infrastructure (fences, guardrails, trees). It's only designed to alert you to vehicles in the blind spot zones.
Note: When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind spot zone, typically fewer than two seconds, the system does not trigger.
Using the System
The Blind Spot Information System turns on when you start the engine and you drive your vehicle forward above 5 mph (8 km/h).
E124788
186
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
For automatic transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System remains on while the transmission is in drive (D). If shifted into reverse (R) or park (P) the Blind Spot Information System turns off. Once shifted back into drive (D), the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h).
For manual transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System is on for all gears except the reverse (R).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not function in reverse (R) or park (P).
System Lights and Messages
E142442
The Blind Spot Information System illuminates an amber alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from.
The alert indicator dims when the system detects nighttime darkness.
System Sensor Blockage
WARNING
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving.
E205199
The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle. Any dirt, mud and snow in front of the sensors and/or driving in heavy rain can cause system degradation. Also, other types of obstructions in front of the sensor can cause system degradation. This is referred to as a `blocked' condition.
Note: Do not apply bumper stickers and/or repair compound to these areas, this can cause degraded system performance.
187
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
If the system detects a degraded performance condition, a message warning of a blocked sensor will appear in the information display. Also the system alert indicators will remain ON and the system will no longer provide any vehicle warnings. You can clear the information display warning but the alert indicators will remain illuminated.
A "blocked" condition can be cleared in two ways:
· After the blockage in front of the sensors is removed or the rainfall/snowfall rate decreases or stops, drive for a few minutes in traffic to allow the sensors to detect passing vehicles.
· By cycling the ignition from ON to OFF and then back ON.
Note: When towing a trailer, the sensors may detect the trailer thus causing a false alert. It may be desirable to turn the Blind Spot Information System off if the false alerts become annoying.
System Errors
If the system senses a problem with the left or right sensor, the telltale will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 95).
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch the Blind Spot Information System off in the information display. See General Information (page 86). When the Blind Spot Information System switches off, you will not receive alerts and the information display shows a system off message. The telltale in the cluster also illuminates. When you switch the Blind Spot Information System on or off, the alert indicators flash twice.
Note: The system switches back on every time you start your vehicle.
You can also have the Blind Spot Information System switched off permanently at an authorized dealer. Once switched off permanently, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER use the Cross Traffic Alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a replacement for careful driving.
Cross Traffic Alert is designed to warn you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Using the System
Cross Traffic Alert turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). Once shifted out of reverse (R), Cross Traffic Alert turns off.
Note: Cross Traffic Alert only functions while your transmission is in reverse (R).
Cross Traffic Alert is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks. Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness.
188
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
E142440
In this first example, the left sensor is only partially obstructed; zone coverage to the right is nearly maximized.
E142441
189
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles. Here, the left sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage on that side is severely limited.
System Lights, Messages and Audible Alerts
E142442
The Cross Traffic Alert illuminates an amber alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from. Cross Traffic Alert also sounds an audible alert and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works with the reverse sensing system that sounds its own series of tones. See Rear Parking Aid (page 165).
E205199
The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud, snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these areas, this can cause degraded system performance. See Blind Spot Information System (page 186). If the Blind Spot Information System is blocked, Cross Traffic Alert is also blocked. A corresponding message appears in the information display as soon as you shift the transmission into reverse (R).
System Limitations
Cross Traffic Alert has its limitations; situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build-up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection.
190
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
The following are other situations that may limit the Cross Traffic Alert performance:
· Stationary or slow moving vehicles.
· Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
· Oncoming vehicles in the same lame.
· Severe weather conditions.
· Debris build-up near or around the sensor(s).
· Small distance to the vehicle ahead.
Certain conditions may reduce the visibility of the warning lamp; therefore, it is recommended to keep the audible warning on.
If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged, the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings. See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
False Alerts
Note: When towing a trailer, the sensors may detect the trailer thus causing a false alert. It may be desirable to turn the Blind Spot Information System off if the false alerts become annoying.
There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by the Cross Traffic Alert system that illuminates the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some amount of false alerts are normal; they are temporary and self-correct.
System Errors
If Cross Traffic Alert senses a problem with the left or right sensor a message will appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 95).
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch Cross Traffic Alert off in the information display. See Information Messages (page 95). When you switch Cross Traffic Alert off, you will not receive alerts and the information display will display a system off message.
Note: The Cross Traffic Alert switches on whenever the ignition is switched on and ready to provide appropriate alerts when the transmission is in reverse (R). Cross Traffic Alert will not remember the last selected on or off setting.
You can also have Cross Traffic Alert switched off permanently at an authorized dealer. Once switched off permanently, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS
The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system. If a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system warning message. If a steering system warning message returns, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
If the system detects an error, you may not feel a difference in the steering, however a serious condition may exist. Obtain immediate service from an authorized dealer, failure to do so may result in loss of steering control.
191
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Your vehicle has an electric power steering system. There is no fluid reservoir. No maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving, electric power steering assistance is lost. The steering system still operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. Manually steering your vehicle requires more effort.
Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort required for you to steer your vehicle. This increased effort prevents overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. You do not lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool and return to normal operation.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
· Correct tire pressures.
· Uneven tire wear.
· Loose or worn suspension components.
· Loose or worn steering components.
· Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel. It communicates with the brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems.
COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
(If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid. It is not intended to replace the driver's attention, and judgment, or the need to apply the brakes. This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically. Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision.
The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed.
Note: The system does not detect, warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle.
Note: The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
E156130
This system is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks. A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours.
192
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
E156131
If it is, a red warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds.
The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes. If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates, the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking. This may be apparent to the driver. The system does not automatically activate the brakes but, if the brake pedal is pressed, full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed.
Using the Collision Warning System
WARNING
The collision warning system's brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle's brakes. The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation.
The warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control. See General Information (page 86). Note: If collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced, though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible. Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings. See General Information (page 86).
Blocked Sensors
E145632
If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display, the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed. The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille. When the sensors are obstructed, a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function. The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed.
193
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Aids
Cause
Action
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way
or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several but the message remains in the display minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The collision warning system is temporarily
with the radar signals
disabled. Collision warning should automat-
ically reactivate a short time after the
weather conditions improve
Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface The collision warning system is temporarily
of the road may interfere with the radar disabled. Collision warning should automat-
signals
ically reactivate a short time after the
weather conditions improve
System Limitations
WARNING
The collision warning system's brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle's brakes. The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation.
Due to the nature of radar technology, there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning. These include:
· Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph (10 km/h).
· Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
· Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
· Severe weather conditions (see blocked sensor section).
· Debris build-up on the grille near the headlamps (see blocked sensor section).
· Small distance to vehicle ahead.
· Steering wheel and pedal movements are large (very active driving style).
If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged, the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings. See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
194
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
CARGO NETS (If Equipped)
WARNING This net is not designed to restrain objects during a collision or heavy braking.
E211029
The cargo net secures lightweight objects in the cargo area. Attach the net to the provided anchors. Do not put more than 50 lb (22 kg) in the net.
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer or both, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight - is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight - is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
195
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
PAYLOAD
E143816
Payload - is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door (vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label). Look for "THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX lb." for maximum payload. The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any aftermarket or authorized-dealer installed equipment on the vehicle, you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload.
WARNING
The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
Example only:
E210944
196
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
E210945
CARGO
E143817
Cargo Weight - includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer.
197
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
GVW
E143818
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight, plus cargo, plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). It is shown on the
Example only:
Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The Gross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
E198828
198
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal injury.
GCW
GVW
E143819
GCW (Gross Combined Weight) - is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight - is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options, driver and front passenger weight (150 pounds [68 kilograms] each), no cargo weight (internal or external) and a tongue load of 1015% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 1525% (fifth wheel trailer). Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information.
199
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight - refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 pound (2268 kilogram) conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds (227 to 340 kilograms). For an 11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth wheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds (782 to 1304 kilograms).
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and/or personal injury.
Steps for determining the correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.).
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity:
200
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
*Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
*Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position.
201
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Load Carrying
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING Loaded vehicles may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle. Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars. Depending upon the type and placement of the load, hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle.
202
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNINGS Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
Your vehicle may have electrical items, such as fuses or relays, related to towing. See Fuses (page 224).
Your vehicle's load capacity designation is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle or trailer.
Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle's engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these components periodically during, and after, any towing operation.
Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving:
· Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor.
· Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires.
· Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight.
· Select a ball mount with the correct rise or drop. When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly angled down toward your vehicle, when viewed from the side.
When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight. Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual. See Load Limit (page 195).
You can also find information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide available at your authorized dealer, or online.
203
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online Website http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/
RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
Note: Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below.
Note: Take into consideration trailer frontal area. Do not exceed 12 feet² (1.11 meters²).
Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1000 feet (300 meters) starting at the 1000 foot (300 meter) elevation point.
Note: Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as the vehicle's electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes.
Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart.
Engine 3.5L TiVCT front-wheel drive
3.5L TiVCT all-wheel drive 2.0L GTDI front-wheel drive
3.5L GTDI all-wheel drive
Maximum trailer weight 1000 lb (454 kg) 1000 lb (454 kg) 1000 lb (454 kg)
No trailer towing permitted
204
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
· Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
· Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer.
· See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications.
· Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. See your scheduled maintenance information.
· If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you.
You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle's load in the Load Carrying chapter. See Load Limit (page 195).
Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight.
Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the total trailer weight is on the tongue.
Safety Chains
Note: Never attach safety chains to the bumper.
Always connect the safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.
To connect the trailer's safety chains, cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer's specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating.
Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms) when loaded.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING
Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required.
Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn signals and hazard lights are working.
205
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles.
When Towing a Trailer
· Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113 km/h) during the first 500 mi (800 km).
· Do not make full-throttle starts.
· Check your hitch, electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
· When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A/C performance.
· Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.
· Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective.
· If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling.
· Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
· Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade:
1. Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in position P.
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not included with vehicle.)
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval:
· Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
· Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components:
· Causing internal damage to the components.
· Affecting driveability, emissions, and reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required.
206
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle.
It is acceptable to have your front-wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground. When towing in this manner, the rear wheels can remain on the ground.
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission.
Towing an all-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission, all-wheel drive system and vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
You can flat-tow (all wheels on the ground, regardless of the powertrain/transmission configuration) your disabled vehicle (without access to wheel dollies, car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport vehicle) under the following conditions:
· Your vehicle is facing forward so you tow it in a forward direction.
· You place the transmission in neutral (N). If you cannot place the transmission in neutral (N), you may need to override it. See Transmission (page 149).
· Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
· Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
207
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Towing
Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle. See Climate Control (page 106).
Vehicles Equipped with a 2.0L Engine
Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing, such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome. We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission.
Front-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground) as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. You must place the front wheels on a two-wheel tow dolly. If you are using a tow dolly, follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider.
Vehicles Equipped with a 3.5L Engine
Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing, such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome or truck. We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your vehicle after it is hooked-up to the recreational vehicle or tow dolly.
You can tow your front-wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly. If you are using a tow dolly, follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider. If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground, see the following instructions.
You can tow your all-wheel drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground or with all four wheels off the ground using a vehicle transport trailer. Do not tow your all-wheel drive vehicle with the front wheels off the ground (by using a tow dolly) and the rear wheels on the ground.
This causes damage to your all-wheel drive system. If you are using a vehicle transport trailer, follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider. If you are towing with all four wheels on the ground, see the following instructions.
If you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground:
· Tow only in the forward direction.
· Release the parking brake.
· Shift into neutral (N).
· Do not exceed 65 mph (105 km/h).
· Start the engine and allow it to run for five minutes at the beginning of each day and every six hours thereafter. With the engine running and your foot on the brake, shift into drive (D) and then into reverse (R) before shifting back into neutral (N).
208
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles (480 kilometers). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics.
Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers).
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Your fuel economy is affected by several things, such as how you drive, the conditions you drive under, and how you maintain your vehicle.
You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these things in mind:
· Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, moderate fashion.
· Drive at steady speeds without stopping.
· Anticipate stops; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop.
· Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving.
· Close the windows for high-speed driving.
· Drive at reasonable speeds (traveling at 55 mph [88 km/h] uses 15% less fuel than traveling at 65 mph [105 km/h]).
· Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size.
· Use the recommended engine oil.
· Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
Avoid these actions; they reduce your fuel economy:
· Sudden accelerations or hard accelerations.
· Revving the engine before turning it off.
· Idle for periods longer than one minute.
· Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings.
· Use the air conditioner or front defroster.
· Use the speed control in hilly terrain.
· Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving.
· Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer.
· Carry unnecessary weight (approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is lost for every 400 lb [180 kilogram] of weight carried).
· Driving with the wheels out of alignment.
Conditions
· Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed.
· Adding certain accessories to your vehicle (for example bug deflectors, rollbars, light bars, running boards, ski racks or luggage racks) may reduce fuel economy.
· To maximize the fuel economy, drive with the tonneau cover installed (if equipped).
· Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy.
· Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 810 miles (1216 kilometers) of driving.
· Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain.
209
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
· Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal.
· Four-wheel-drive operation (if equipped) is less fuel efficient than two-wheel-drive operation.
· Close the windows for high-speed driving.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter. Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle.
E176360
When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so:
· Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work.
· Check that the horn works.
· Check that the exterior lights work.
· Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways.
Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.
Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position.
Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle.
Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering. Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation.
210
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Driving Hints
WARNINGS Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement. Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
To install floor mats, position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in. To remove the floor mat, reverse the installation procedure.
211
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available:
· 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
· For the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner's Manual portfolio.
Roadside Assistance covers:
· A flat tire change with a good spare, if provided with the vehicle (except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit).
· Battery jump start.
· Lock-out assistance (key replacement cost is the customer's responsibility).
· Fuel delivery -- independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period.
· Winch out -- available within 100 ft (30.5 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries.
· Towing -- independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is in the owner's information portfolio in the glove compartment.
United States Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States Ford vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States.
212
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle.
Canadian customers who require roadside assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference.
In Canada, this card is found in the Warranty Guide in the glove compartment of your vehicle.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside Assistance Program Coverage
The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details you may contact your dealer, you can call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca.
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery will lose charge. There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle.
The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.
· Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function, and the front and rear direction indicators will flash.
· Press the button again to turn them off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and, if necessary, repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury. Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision.
In the event of a moderate to severe collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a collision, you may restart your vehicle. For vehicles equipped with a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch on the ignition.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re-enable the fuel pump.
For vehicles equipped with a push button start system:
1. Press the START/STOP button to switch off the ignition.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button to switch on the ignition.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button to switch off the ignition.
4. You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START/STOP button, or switch on the ignition only by pressing the START/STOP button without pressing the brake pedal. Both ways re-enable the fuel system.
213
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow you to restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact an authorized dealer.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.
Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNINGS Do not attach the cables to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points. Stay clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse polarity connections, make sure that you correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables.
Do not attach the end of the positive cable to the studs or L-shaped eyelet located above the positive (+) terminal of your vehicle's battery. High current may flow through and cause damage to the fuses.
Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped. A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery.
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.
214
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
1
RPM, as shown in your tachometer. 2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
started, run both vehicle engines for an
additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
3
4
Removing the Jumper Cables
2
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
4
E142664
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle's engine, away from the battery and the fuel injection system, or connect the negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available.
1 2
3
E142665
1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable from the disabled vehicle.
215
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Roadside Emergencies
2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle battery.
5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners. The horn and indicators will turn off when: · You press the hazard control button. · You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped). · Your vehicle runs out of power.
216
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952)
Additional information and resources are available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be found online: · U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code. · Owner Manuals. · Maintenance Schedules. · Recalls. · Ford Extended Service Plans. · Ford Genuine Accessories. · Service specials and promotions. In Canada: Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 Telephone 1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website
www.ford.ca
Twitter @FordServiceCA (English Canada) @FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps: 1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer.
217
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center:
· Vehicle Identification Number.
· Your telephone number (home and business).
· The name of the authorized dealer and city where located.
· The vehicle's current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state's warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles (29 000 km), whichever occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address:
Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126
218
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information provided below, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600 Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation.
219
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers. In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory-related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation/arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed. This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment. These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties, make decisions and, when appropriate, render awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, and final as the arbitrator's award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces. For more information, without charge or obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel.
If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti-knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands, Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (313) 594-4857 Fax: (313) 390-0804 Email: expcac@ford.com
220
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
For customers in Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD (3673).
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673) FAX: (313) 390-0804 Email: prcac@ford.com www.ford.com.pr
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A.
Ford: 80004443673 Lincoln: 80004441067 If calling from the UAE: 80004441066 If calling from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: 8008443673 If calling from Kuwait: 22280384
FAX: +971 4 3327266 Email: menacac@ford.com www.me.ford.com
If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealership's Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.)
221
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Obtaining a French Owner's Manual
French Owner's Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)
E142557
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada.
222
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Customer Assistance
Website Website Phone
Transport Canada Contact Information
www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/safevehicles-defectinvestigationsindex-76.htm (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/VehiculesSecuritaires-Enquetesindex-76.htm (French)
18003330510
Website Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information www.ford.ca 1800565-3673
223
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high-current fuses.
To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.
The power distribution box is in the engine compartment. It has high-current fuses that protect the vehicle's main electrical systems from overloads.
If you disconnect and reconnect the battery, you will need to reset some features. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 249).
98
97 96
95
94 93 92 91 90 89
88
87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78
74
77
76 73
75
72 71 70 69 68 67 66
65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56
55
54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45
44
43 42 41 40 39
38 37 36 35 34 33 32
31 30 29 28 27 26
25 14
15
13 12 11 10
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 9876543
17 16 21
E173618
Fuse or relay number 1 2 3 4 5 6
Fuse amp rating -
30A** 50A**
-
Protected components Not used. Not used. Not used. Wiper motor relay. Anti-lock brake system pump. Not used.
224
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
Fuse amp rating -
20A **
20A** -
Relay -
Relay Relay Relay
40A** 30A** 20A** 20A ** 30A**
40A** 20A** 30A** 40A**
Protected components Not used. Moonroof. Power sunshade. Second row power point.
Not used. Heated rear window relay. Not used. Starter motor relay. Left-hand cooling fan number 2 relay. Fuel pump relay. Not used. Not used. Front blower motor relay.
Starter relay.
Storage bin power point.
Rear heated seat module.
Not used. Driver power seat. Memory module. Not used. Not used. Heated rear window relay.
Cigar lighter.
Climate controlled seats.
Electric fan relay 1.
225
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 30
31
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
43
44 45
46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55
Fuse amp rating 40A** 25A** Relay Relay Relay Relay 30A** 20A** 5A* 15A* Relay
Protected components Electric fan relay 2.
Electric fan relay 3.
Massage control seat relay. Right-hand cooling fan relay. Blower motor relay. Left-hand cooling fan Number 1 relay. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Passenger power seat.
Anti-lock brake system valves.
Not used. Rain sensor.
Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Heated mirrors.
Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Wiper relay.
226
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67
68 69 70
71 72 73
Fuse amp rating -
20A* 10A* 10A*
10A* 15A* 30A* Relay 20A*
20A* 20A* 15A*
-
Protected components
Not used.
Left-hand high intensity discharge headlamp.
Alternator A-line.
Brake on/off switch.
Not used.
Not used.
A/C clutch relay.
Not used.
Massage control seats.
Fuel pump relay. Fuel injectors.
Powertrain control module relay.
Oxygen sensor heater. Mass airflow sensor. Variable camshaft timing solenoid valve. Canister vent solenoid. Canister purge solenoid.
Ignition coils.
Vehicle power 1 (powertrain control module).
A/C clutch. Fan control relay coils 1-3. Variable air conditioning compressor. Auxiliary transmission warmup. Turbo charge waste-gate control. Electronic compressor bypass valve. All-wheel drive module. Positive crankcase ventilation heater.
Not used.
Not used.
Not used.
227
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86
87 88 89
90 91 92 93 94
95 96
Fuse amp rating -
20A* -
7.5A*
5A* Relay
5A*
10A* 10A* 10A* 5A* 30A**
-
Protected components Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Right high-intensity discharge headlamp.
Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Not used. Powertrain control module. Keep alive power and relay. Canister vent solenoid. Run/start relay.
Run/start relay. Front blower relay coil. Electrical power assist steering module. Powertrain control module run/start.
Adaptive cruise control module.
Anti-lock brake system module.
Rear window defroster relay.
Passenger compartment fuse panel run/ start. Not used. Not used.
228
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 97 98
*Mini Fuses ** Cartridge Fuses
Fuse amp rating -
Relay
Protected components Not used. A/C clutch relay.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. You may need to remove a trim panel to access it.
E163102
229
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 1
2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9
10 11
12
13 14 15
16 17 18
Fuse amp rating 30A
15A 30A 10A 20A 5A 7.5A
10A 10A
10A 10A
15A
15A 15A 15A
10A 10A 10A
Protected components
Left front and right rear smart window motors.
Driver seat switch.
Right front smart window motor.
Demand lamps battery saver relay.
Audio amplifier.
Not used (spare).
Driver seat module logic. Left front door zone module. Keypad.
Not used (spare).
SYNC module. Multi-function displays. Electronic finish panel. Radio frequency transceiver module.
Run accessory relay.
Intelligent access module logic. Heads-up display.
Puddle lamp. Backlighting LED. Interior lighting.
Right-hand direction indicators.
Left-hand direction indicators.
Stop lamp. Backup lamp.
Right front low beam.
Left front low beam.
Start button. Keypad illumination. Brake-shift interlock. Powertrain control module wake-up. Immobilizer transceiver module.
230
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34
35
36
Fuse amp rating 20A 20A 10A 20A 15A 15A 15A 5A 20A 15A 20A 15A 5A 15A
10A 10A
5A
10A
Protected components
Audio amplifiers.
All lock motor relay and coil. Driver lock motor relay and coil.
Not used (spare).
Horn relay.
Steering wheel control module logic Instrument cluster.
Steering wheel control module. Datalink.
Decklid release.
Ignition switch. Push button ignition switch.
Intelligent access module power.
Not used (spare).
Radio. Global positioning system module.
Front park lamps.
Not used (spare).
Smart window motors. Master window and mirror switch. Rear window power sunshade module. Lock switch illumination.
Not used (spare).
Reverse park aid module. Automatic high beam and lane departure module. Rear heated seat module. Blind spot monitor module. Rear video camera.
Motorized humidity sensor. Heads-up display. Traction control switch.
Heated steering wheel.
231
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuses
Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating
Protected components
37
10A
Not used (spare).
38
10A
Autodimming mirror (without automatic
high beam and lane departure module).
Moonroof module and switch.
39
15A
High beams.
40
10A
Rear park lamps.
41
7.5A
Occupant classification system.
Restraint control module.
42
5A
Not used (spare).
43
10A
Not used (spare).
44
10A
Not used (spare).
45
5A
Not used (spare).
46
10A
Climate control module.
47
15A
Not used (spare).
48
30A Circuit breaker Front passenger power window.
Rear power windows.
49
Relay
Delayed accessory.
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.
232
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Fuse Types
Fuses
E207206
Callout A B C D E F G
Fuse Type Micro 2 Micro 3 Maxi Mini M Case J Case
J Case Low Profile
233
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service, an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft® parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
· Do not work on a hot engine.
· Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts.
· Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.
· Keep all open flames and other burning material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Working with the Engine Off
1. Set the parking brake and shift to park (P).
2. Switch off the engine.
3. Block the wheels.
Working with the Engine On WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park (P). 2. Block the wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood
1
E203008
234
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release handle located under the left-hand side of the instrument panel.
2. Slightly lift the hood.
2 4
3
E203009
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the secondary release lever to your left-hand side.
E202009
4. Open the hood. The hood struts automatically support the hood.
Closing the Hood
1. Lower the hood and allow it to drop under its own weight for the last 812 in (2030 cm).
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly closed.
235
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
H
E188729
A Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 240). B Brake fluid reservoir (right-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page 248). C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 239). D Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 239). E Brake fluid reservoir (left-hand drive). See Brake Fluid Check (page 248). F Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 249). G Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 224). H Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 256). I Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 248).
236
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
E173375
A. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 240). B. Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 239). C. Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 239). D. Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 248). E. Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 249). F. Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 224). G. Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 256). H. Automatic transmission dipstick (under air filter assembly). See Automatic
Transmission Fluid Check (page 244). I. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 248).
237
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.5L DURATEC
A
B
C
D
I
E224921
H
G
F
E
A. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 248). B. Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 248). C. Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 249). D. Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 224). E. Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 256). F. Automatic transmission dipstick. See Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
(page 244). G. Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 239). H. Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 239). I. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 240).
238
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Engine Shield
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 3.5L DURATEC/3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
E173374
Some vehicles may be equipped with an aero-shield under the engine. This shield needs to be removed for service, including oil and filter changes. The shield has four quick-release fasteners to secure it in place.
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
A
B
E161560
A Minimum. B Maximum.
E146429
A MIN B MAX
ENGINE OIL CHECK
Note: Check the level before starting the engine. Note: Make sure that the oil level is between the minimum and the maximum marks. 1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes
for the oil to drain into the oil pan. 3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add oil immediately.
Adding Engine Oil
Note: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.
239
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage.
E142732
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute (API). An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). 1. Remove the filler cap. 2. If the engine oil level is not within the
normal range, add engine oil that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294). 3. Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening. 4. Wipe off any spilled oil. 5. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feel a strong resistance.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET
Use the information display controls on the steering wheel to reset the oil change indicator.
From the main menu scroll to:
Message
Action and description
Settings
Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message.
Vehicle
Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message.
Oil Life
Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message.
Hold OK to Press and hold the OK
Reset
button until the instrument
cluster displays the
following message.
Reset Successful
When the oil change indicator resets the instrument cluster displays 100%.
Remaining Life
{00}%
If the instrument cluster displays one of the following messages, repeat the process.
Not Reset
Reset Cancelled
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot. Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly. Also, spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you.
240
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
WARNINGS
Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container. If sprayed on the windshield, engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.
To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark.
Checking the Engine Coolant
When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: If the level is at the MIN mark, below the MIN mark, or empty, add coolant immediately.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C).
Note: For best results, coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Robinair® Coolant and Battery Refractometer 75240. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations.
Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use engine coolant, antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location.
Adding Engine Coolant
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Your warranty may not cover these damages.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to be replaced.
Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine's cooling system. Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294). The use of an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the cooling system with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing.
241
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Do not use the following as a coolant substitute:
· Alcohol.
· Methanol.
· Brine.
· Any engine coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze or coolant.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant.
When adding coolant:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294).
3. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle.
4. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level.
Recycled Engine Coolant
We do not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available.
Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner. Follow your community's regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
· It may be necessary to have an authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50%.
· A coolant concentration of 60% provides improved freeze point protection. Engine coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
· It may be necessary to have an authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40%.
· A coolant concentration of 40% provides improved overheat protection. Engine coolant concentrations below 40% decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage.
Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection.
What You Should Know About FailSafe Cooling
If you deplete the engine coolant supply, fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before you incur incremental component damage. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperatures, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red (hot) area and:
the coolant temperature warning light will illuminate
242
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
the service engine soon indicator will illuminate.
If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle will still operate. However:
· The engine power will be limited.
· This will disable the air conditioning system.
Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start your engine. Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS
Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot.
You have limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, so drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle will not maintain high-speed operation and the engine will operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch off the engine.
2. Tow your vehicle to an authorized dealer.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level and add if low.
5. Re-start the engine and drive your vehicle to an authorized dealer.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Fluid Temperature Management (If Equipped)
WARNINGS To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the fluid temperatures reduce.
Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot.
Your vehicle can pull a trailer, but because of the added load, your vehicle's engine may temporarily reach higher temperatures during severe operating conditions such as ascending a long or steep grade while pulling a trailer in high temperatures.
243
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
At this time, you may notice your engine coolant temperature gauge needle move toward the H and the POWER REDUCED TO LOWER TEMP message may appear in the information display.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power. In order to manage the engine fluid temperatures, your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on many factors such as vehicle loading, towing, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to pull off the road. You can continue to drive your vehicle while this message is active.
The air conditioning may also cycle on and off during severe operating conditions to protect overheating of the engine. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to a normal operating temperature, the air conditioning will turn on once again.
If the engine coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red (hot) area, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and shift the transmission into P.
2. Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle moves away from the red (hot) area. After several minutes, if the temperature does not drop, follow the remaining steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool before checking the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is normal, restart your engine and continue.
5. If the coolant is low, add coolant, and restart the engine. See Adding Engine Coolant or How Fail-Safe Cooling Works in this chapter for more information.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
6F35 Transmission
The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick.
The automatic transmission does not consume fluid. If the transmission is not working correctly, for example, the transmission slips, shifts slowly or there are signs of fluid leakage, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval.
Do not use supplemental automatic transmission fluid additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to transmission damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK - 3.5L DURATEC/ 3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
6F50/6F55 Transmission(IfEquipped)
WARNINGS The dipstick cap and surrounding components may be hot, use gloves.
Use gloves when moving the air filter assembly. Components will be hot.
244
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Note: Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed. To obtain an accurate fluid check, drive your vehicle until you warm it up, approximately 20 mi (30 km). If you operate your vehicle for an extended period at high speeds, in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer, switch your vehicle off until it reaches normal operating temperatures to allow the fluid to cool before checking. Depending on vehicle use, cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer.
Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes. Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, you should check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly. For example, if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of a fluid leak.
1. Drive your vehicle 20 mi (30 km) or until it reaches normal operating temperature.
2. Park your vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake.
3. With the parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal, start the engine and move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges. Allow a minimum of 10 seconds for each gear to engage.
4. Put the gearshift lever in park (P) and leave the engine running.
Note: For vehicles with the EcoBoost engine, move the air filter assembly aside to access the transmission dipstick. See Moving the Air Filter Assembly for more information.
5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean with a dry, lint free clean rag. If necessary, refer to the Under hood overview in this chapter for the location of the dipstick.
6. Install the dipstick making sure you fully seat it in the filler tube by turning it to the locked position.
7. Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level. The fluid should be in the designated areas for normal operating temperature.
Moving the Air Filter Assembly (Accessing the Dipstick)
WARNING Do not run engine with the air filter disconnected.
1. Switch the engine off.
2
3
E173335
2. Clean the area around the clamp that connects the air filter assembly to the rubber hose and then loosen it.
3. Remove the bolt cover.
245
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
7. Pull the air filter assembly up to disconnect it from the seated grommets located under the air filter assembly.
8. Rotate the air filter assembly 90 degrees counterclockwise. Make sure the rubber hose is still connected to the air filter assembly.
9. Tighten the clamp. You can now access the transmission fluid level indicator.
Checking the fluid level
Low fluid level
65
4
E173334
4. Remove two bolts that attach the air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle.
5. Remove the harness retaining clip by pulling up.
6. Do not disconnect the sensor.
E158842
If the fluid level is below the MIN range of the dipstick, add fluid to reach the hash mark level.
Note: If the fluid level is below the MIN level, do not drive the vehicle. An underfill condition may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage.
Correct fluid level
E173400
E158843
246
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Check the transmission fluid at the normal operating temperatures between 180°F (82°C) and 200°F (93°C) on a level surface. Drive your vehicle until you warm it up to the normal operating temperature after approximately 20 mi (30 km).
Target the transmission fluid level within the cross-hatch area if at the normal operating temperature between 180°F (82°C) and 200°F (93°C).
High fluid level
Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels
E158845
E158844
If the fluid level is above the MAX range of the dipstick, remove fluid to reach the hashmark level.
Note: Fluid level above the MAX level may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage. An overheating condition can cause high fluid levels. If you operate your vehicle for an extended period at high speeds, in city traffic during hot weather or pulling a trailer, you should switch your vehicle off until your vehicle reaches normal operating temperatures. Depending on vehicle use, cooling times could take up to 30 minutes or longer.
E158846
Before adding any fluid, make sure the correct type is used. The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick and in the Technical Specifications section in this chapter.
Note: An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift or engagement concerns or possible damage.
Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components. Reinstall the air filter assembly. After you check the fluid level and adjust as necessary, do the following:
1. Switch the engine off.
2. Loosen the clamp holding the air filter assembly to the rubber hose.
3. Seat the air filter assembly back into the grommets by pushing down on the air filter assembly.
4. Tighten the clamp.
247
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
5. Install and tighten the two bolts that attach the air filter assembly to the front of the vehicle.
6. Install the bolt cover.
7. Reinstall the harness retaining clip into the front of the air filter assembly.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNINGS Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician.
A fluid level between the MAX and MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the system. Have your vehicle checked immediately.
E170684
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294).
POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering (EPS) system. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze protection. Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident.
248
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294).
State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive. Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle's paint finish, wiper blades or washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.
When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
WARNINGS
Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
This vehicle may be fitted with more than one battery. Removing the battery cables from only one battery does not disconnect your vehicle electrical system. Make sure you disconnect the battery cables from all batteries when disconnecting power. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage.
Your vehicle is fitted with a Motorcraft maintenance-free battery which normally does not require additional water.
When a battery replacement is required, you must use a recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle.
Note: After cleaning or replacing the battery, make sure you reinstall the battery cover or shield.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or components to the vehicle, it may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability. This may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry.
249
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water.
Because your vehicle's engine is electronically controlled by a computer, some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery. When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed, the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance. Flexible fuel vehicles (FFV) must also relearn the ethanol content of the fuel for optimum driveability and performance.
To restore the settings, do the following:
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Switch off all accessories.
4. Press the brake pedal and start your vehicle.
5. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. While the engine is warming up, complete the following: Reset the clock. See Audio System (page 312). Reset the power windows bounce-back feature. See Windows and Mirrors (page 75). Reset the radio station presets. See Audio System (page 312).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.
7. Drive the vehicle at least 10 mi (16 km) to completely relearn the idle trim and fuel trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy.
Note: For flexible fuel vehicles, if you are operating on E85, you may experience poor starts or an inability to start the engine and driveability problems until the fuel trim and ethanol content have been relearned.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.
If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The battery management system monitors battery conditions and takes actions to extend battery life. If excessive battery drain is detected, the system temporarily disables some electrical systems to protect the battery.
Systems included are:
· Heated rear window.
· Heated seats.
· Climate control.
· Heated steering wheel.
· Audio unit.
· Navigation system.
A message may appear in the information displays to alert you that battery protection actions are active. These messages are only for notification that an action is taking place, and not intended to indicate an electrical problem or that the battery requires replacement.
250
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
After battery replacement, or in some cases after charging the battery with an external charger, the battery management system requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time to relearn the battery state of charge. During this time your vehicle must remain fully locked with the ignition switched off. Note: Prior to relearning the battery state of charge, the battery management system may temporarily disable some electrical systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management system works correctly, do not connect an electrical device ground connection directly to the battery negative post. This can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation. Note: If you add electrical accessories or components to the vehicle, it may adversely affect battery performance and durability. This may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.
CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES
Replace the wiper blades at least annually for optimum performance.
You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield. See Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades (page 259).
Changing the Windshield Wiper Blades
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached.
1
1
E129990
2
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the wiper blade locking buttons together.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.
251
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, have the alignment of your headlamps checked by your authorized dealer.
Headlamp Aiming Target
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood. Cover one of the headlamps so no light hits the wall.
E142592
A B C D
8 feet (2.4 meters) Center height of lamp to ground 25 feet (7.6 meters) Horizontal reference line
Vertical Aim Adjustment
1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away.
2. Measure the height from the center of your headlamp (indicated by a 3.0 millimeter circle on the lens) to the ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height (a piece of masking tape works well).
E142465
4. There is a distinct cut-off (change from light to dark) in the left portion of the beam pattern. Position the top edge of this cut-off 2 inches (5 centimeters) below the horizontal reference line.
E167359
252
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Use a Phillips #2 screwdriver to turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line.
6. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 to adjust the other headlamp.
7. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable.
CHANGING A BULB
WARNINGS Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb cool down before removing it. Failure to do so could result in personal injury.
Switch the lamps and the ignition off. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.
Use the correct specification bulb. See Bulb Specification Chart (page 254).
Install in the reverse order unless otherwise stated.
High-Intensity Discharge Headlamps
These lamps operate at a high voltage. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
Front Fog Lamp (If Equipped)
E163826
1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector. 3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. Note: You cannot separate the bulb from the bulb holder. LED Lamps LED lamps are not serviceable items. See an authorized dealer if they fail. The following lamps are LED: · Front parking lamps. · Front side marker lamps. · Front direction indicators. · Front side marker lamps. · Side direction indicators. · Brake and rear lamps. · Central high mounted brake lamp. · Rear direction indicators. · Reversing lamps. License Plate Lamp 1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition
off.
253
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
E178598
2. Remove the screws that secure the lamp assembly.
E178599
3. Remove the bulb.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
The specified replacement bulbs are in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D.O.T. (Department of Transportation) for North America to affirm lamp performance, light brightness and pattern and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time.
Function * Headlamp (high intensity discharge) Low and High * Sidemarker - front * Park lamp - front * Turn lamp - front Signal indicator mirror lamp Approach lamp * Tail and brake lamp * Turn lamp - rear * Backup lamp
Trade number D3S
LED LED 7444NA LED LED LED LED LED
254
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
Function
Trade number
License plate lamp
W5W
* High-mount brake lamp
LED
Interior lamps
W5W
* To replace these lamps, see an authorized dealer. To replace instrument panel lights, see an authorized dealer.
255
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Maintenance
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER
WARNING
Do not start the engine with the air cleaner removed. This can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty and can result in serious injury.
When changing the air filter element, use only the air filter element listed. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294).
For vehicles with EcoBoost engines, when servicing the air cleaner, it is important that no foreign material enters the air induction system. The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles.
Change the air filter element at the correct interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
To replace the air filter element do the following:
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Remove the clips that secure the air filter housing cover.
3. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
4. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing.
5. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter housing and cover to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and that you have a good seal.
6. Install a new air filter element.
7. Install the air filter housing cover. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if it is not properly seated.
8. Engage the clips to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing.
E173520
256
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes.
For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality:
Materials
Name
Specification
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover
-
ZC-42
Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner
-
ZC-15
Motorcraft® Detail Wash ZC-3-A
ESR-M14P4-A
Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser (U.S.)
-
ZC-20 (U.S.)
Engine Shampoo
-
Motorcraft Leather and Vinyl Cleaner
-
ZC-56
Multi-Purpose Cleaner
-
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S.) ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-A
Professional Strength Carpet and Upholstery Cleaner
-
ZC-54
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover (U.S.)
-
ZC-14 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner (U.S.) ZC-23 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-A
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner
-
ZC-37-A
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash.
· Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces.
· Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight.
· Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting.
257
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
· Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle's paintwork or trim over time. We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
· Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible.
Exterior Chrome Parts
· Apply a high quality-cleaning product to bumpers and other chrome parts. Follow the manufacturer's instructions. We recommend Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner.
· Do not apply the cleaning product to hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended.
· Using other non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.
Note: Never use abrasive materials, for example steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease spots are present, we recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions:
· Do not use water pressure higher than 2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
· Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C).
· Use a spray with a 40° wide spray angle pattern.
· Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm) distance and 90° angle to your vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle's surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Underbody
Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently. Keep body and door drain holes free of debris or foreign material.
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car's paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax.
· Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives.
· Follow the manufacturer's instructions to apply and remove the wax.
· Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
258
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
· Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time.
· Roof racks.
· Bumpers.
· Grained door handles.
· Side moldings.
· Mirror housings.
· Windshield cowl area.
· Do not apply wax to glass areas.
· After waxing, your car's paint should feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
· Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage.
· Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components.
· Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo.
· Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage.
· Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations.
· Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
· Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately.
· For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.
· Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.
259
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNINGS
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's safety belts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing.
On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision.
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags:
· Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
· Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
· If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner.
· If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately (but do not oversaturate) or the ring will set.
· Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats (page 261).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.
· Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection.
· Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens.
· Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces.
· Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces:
260
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)
Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
You should: · Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner. · Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather: · Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners. · Household cleaners. · Alcohol solutions. · Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to match your vehicle's color. Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover to remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Always read the instructions before using cleaning products.
CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.
261
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergents.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs.
Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you:
· Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner. Apply using manufacturer's instructions.
· Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
· Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.
· To remove tar and grease, use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components.
General
· Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place.
· Protect from sunlight, if possible.
· If vehicles are stored outside, they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage.
Body
· Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders.
· Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations.
· Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust.
· Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.
· Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil.
· Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
· Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents.
Engine
· Change the engine oil and filter prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage.
· Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
262
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Vehicle Care
· With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running.
· We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again.
Fuel system
· Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle.
Cooling system
· Protect against freezing temperatures. · When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level.
Battery
· Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean.
· If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if battery cables are disconnected.
Brakes
· Make sure the brakes and parking brake release fully.
Tires
· Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
· Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.
· Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following:
· Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build-up on window surfaces.
· Check windshield wipers for any deterioration.
· Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests.
· Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage.
· Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label.
· Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up.
· Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels.
· If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.
263
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION
A decal with tire pressure data is located in the driver's door opening.
Check and set the tire pressure at the ambient temperature in which you are intending to drive your vehicle and when the tires are cold.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to optimize fuel economy.
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle and will make the National Type Approval invalid.
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires from that fitted at the factory, the speedometer may not display the correct speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer to have the engine management system reprogrammed.
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT (If Equipped)
Note: The temporary mobility kit canister contains enough sealant compound for one tire repair only. See your authorized Ford dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters.
The kit is located under the load floor of the trunk. The kit consists of an air compressor to inflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. This kit will provide a temporary tire repair allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location.
E144618
A Air compressor (inside) B Diverter knob C On and off button D Air pressure gauge E Sealant bottle and canister F Sealant filling clear tube G Sealant tube - tire valve
connector H Yellow cap tool I Air compressor hose J Air hose -tire valve connector K Accessory power plug L Casing/housing
264
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure. Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to the tire's sidewall. The tire may not completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi (200 km). Drive only to the closest authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected.
· Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers.
· Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire. If the tire is losing pressure, have the vehicle towed.
· Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
Read the following list of tips to ensure safe operation of the kit:
· Before operating the kit, make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic. Turn on the hazard lights.
· Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle does not move unexpectedly.
· Do not remove any foreign objects, such as nails or screws, from the tire.
· When using the kit, leave the engine running (only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area) so the compressor does not drain the vehicle battery.
· Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating.
· Never leave the kit unattended when it is operating.
· Sealant compound contains latex. Make sure that you use the non-latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction.
· Keep the kit away from children.
· Only use the kit when the ambient temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and 158°F (70°C).
· Only use the sealing compound before the use by date. The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister (bottle). Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years.
· Do not store the kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash. Always store the kit in its original location.
· After sealant use, the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer.
265
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
· When inflating a tire or other objects, use the black air hose only. Do not use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only.
· Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio, CD, and DVD player operation.
What to do when a Tire Is Punctured
A tire puncture within the tire tread area can be repaired in two stages with the kit.
· In the first stage, the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air. After the tire has been reinflated, you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the sealant in the tire.
· In the second stage, you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the vehicle tire inflation pressure.
First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire sidewall during inflation, stop and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside assistance.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure area, away from moving traffic. Turn the hazard lights on. Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off. Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. To avoid any allergic reactions, use the non-latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the kit housing. Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside assistance. 1. Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve. 2. Unwrap the clear tube from the
compressor housing. 3. Remove the tube cap and fasten the
metal connector of the tube to the tire valve, turning clockwise. Make sure the connection is tightly fastened.
E144619
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt power point in the vehicle.
5. Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.
266
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E144924
7. Push and turn dial (A) counterclockwise to the sealant position. Turn on the kit by pressing the on/off button (B).
E144621
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure specified by the tire label located on the driver's door or the door jamb area. When the sealant compound is being pumped into the tire, the air pressure gauge will indicate a pressure above the actual tire pressure. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. The pressure gauge will provide a correct tire pressure reading after about 30 seconds of operation. The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get an accurate tire pressure reading.
9. When the recommended tire pressure is reached, turn off the kit by pressing the on button. Disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point. Re-install the valve cap on the tire valve, place the tube cap on the metal connector, and return the kit to the stowage area
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and check the tire pressure. See Second stage: Checking tire pressure.
Note: If you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise while driving, reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance. Note: Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure
WARNINGS
If you are proceeding from the First stage: Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), stop and call roadside assistance. If tire pressure is above 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue to the next step.
The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as follows:
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
267
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
2. Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the air position. Turn on the kit by pressing the on button.
E144622
4. Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on the driver's door or door jamb area. The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading.
5. Turn the compressor off by pressing the on/off button.
6. When the tire pressure reading with the compressor in the off position is correct, disconnect the hose, re-install the valve cap on the tire valve, unplug the compressor, and return the kit to the stowage area.
What to do after the Tire has been Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube (hose). You can obtain and replace sealing compound and spare parts at an authorized Ford dealer or tire dealer. Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home. However, liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local authorized Ford dealer or tire dealer, or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations.
Note: After the sealing compound has been used, the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 120 mi (200 km). The sealed tire should be inspected immediately.
Note: After sealant use, the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer.
You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing the procedure from Second stage: Checking tire pressure listed previously.
Removal of the sealant canister from the kit
E144623
1. Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing.
268
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
E144624
2. Locate the yellow cap at the end of the clear tube.
E161567
2. Once aligned, seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click.
E144625
3. Using the yellow cap tool, press the tab located on the kit compressor housing while pulling up on the sealant canister.
Installation of the sealant canister to the kit
E144628
3. Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister, consult your authorized Ford dealer for assistance.
E144626
1. Align the sealant canister with the kit housing.
E144629
269
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Be sure to check the sealant compound's use by date regularly. The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister (bottle). The sealant canister should be replaced after four years of non-use.
TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A. These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire quality grades: The U.S. Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1½ times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and differences in road characteristics and climate.
270
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 139. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
271
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
*Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: For P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) or 36 psi (2.5 bar) depending on tires size and for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
272
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Information on P Type Tires
B A
CD E F G H
I
M
J
L K
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owner's manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart.
273
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.
Letter rating
Speed rating
M
81 mph (130 km/h)
N
87 mph (140 km/h)
Q
99 mph (159 km/h)
R
106 mph (171 km/h)
S
112 mph (180 km/h)
T
118 mph (190 km/h)
U
124 mph (200 km/h)
H
130 mph (210 km/h)
V
149 mph (240 km/h)
W
168 mph (270 km/h)
Y
186 mph (299 km/h)
Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are
the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. See the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades:
274
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturers' maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless.
Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.
B C
A
D
B
E142544
LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below.
275
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks.
B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual, defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single, defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.
BCD
A
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.
276
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
Recommended Tire Pressures and Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check the pressure of all tires and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company.
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation, or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increase sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat build-up and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control, and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear flat.
You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns.
277
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. You will find a Tire Label containing the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure by the tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door.
The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is also found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch on the B-pillar, or on the edge of the driver's door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.
Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire
is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail. Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm).
278
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed or suspected, have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.
Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
279
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability.
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which
WARNINGS
is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. If you have questions regarding tire replacement, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again.
When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire:
280
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS 1. Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66 meters) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear protection.
For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66 meters) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing, your system is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system, or some component of the system may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires. Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle.
It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels.
Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking
281
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive, there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for damage. If a tire is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension (if equipped) may require alignment of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven wear, ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly, it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation.
Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
282
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Rotating your tires at the recommended interval (as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter) will help your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life. Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires.
E142547
USING SUMMER TIRES
Summer tires provide superior performance on wet and dry roads. Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on the tire side wall. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All-season or Snow tires, we do not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 45°F (7°C) or below (depending on tire wear and environmental conditions) or in snow and ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions. If you must drive in those conditions, we recommend using Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or Snow tires.
Always store your summer tires indoors at temperatures above 20ºF (-7ºC). The rubber compounds used in these tires lose flexibility and may develop surface cracks in the tread area at temperatures below 20ºF (-7ºC). If the tires have been subjected to 20ºF (-7ºC) or less, warm them in a heated space to at least 40ºF (5ºC) for at least 24 hours before installing them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle with the tires installed, or checking tire inflation. Do not place tires near heaters or heating devices used to warm the room where the tires are stored. Do not apply heat or blow heated air directly on the tires. Always inspect the tires after storage periods and before use.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING
Snow tires must be the same size, load index, and speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury, and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case, or power transfer unit failure. It is also strongly advised to follow the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.
283
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Note: The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage. Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains.
The tires on your vehicle have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. However, in some climates, you may need to use snow tires and cables. If you need to use cables, it is recommended that steel wheels (of the same size and specifications) be used, as cables may chip aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains:
· If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle.
· Use only SAE Class S snow chains, snow cables or equivalent on the front axle for P235/55R18 equipped vehicles. The use of snow chains, snow cables or other traction assist devices that are larger than SAE Class S may cause damage to your vehicle's wheel house, suspension and/or body.
· Do not install tire chains, cables, or optional traction devices on the rear tires. This could cause damage to the vehicle's wheel house or body.
· Install cable chains securely, verifying that the cables do not touch any wiring, brake lines or fuel lines.
· Do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h) with tire cables on your vehicle.
· Drive cautiously. If you hear the cables rub or bang against your vehicle, stop and retighten the cables. If this does not work, remove the cables to prevent damage to your vehicle.
· Remove the tire cables when they are no longer needed. Do not use tire cables on dry roads.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure. The tire pressure should be checked periodically (at least monthly) using a tire gauge, see Inflating your tires in this chapter. Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
284
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer. Check the tire pressure periodically (at least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer's recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked.
285
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system:
286
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
Low tire pressure warning light
Solid warning light
Flashing warning light
Possible cause Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction
Customer action required
Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturer's recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of driver's door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure
287
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. While driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28 kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNINGS
The use of tire sealant may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should only be used in roadside emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be used. The tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer after use of the sealant.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 284). If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged, it will no longer function.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use. To restore the full function of the monitoring system, all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire while driving, do not apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 284). Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible. During repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire, then it is intended for temporary use only. This means that if you need to use it, you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, it should be replaced rather than repaired.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types:
288
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above, do not:
· Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
· Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label.
· Tow a trailer.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
· Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time.
· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.
· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· All-wheel driving capability.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label on wheel
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
· Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
· Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time.
· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.
· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· All-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to:
· Towing a trailer.
· Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body.
· Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground, the transmission alone will not prevent your vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack, even if the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N).
To help prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire, be sure to place the transmission in park (P) or neutral (N), set the parking brake, and block (in both directions) the wheel that is diagonally opposite (other side and end of your vehicle) to the tire being changed.
289
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you or someone else could be seriously injured.
Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle. If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight, including any vehicle cargo or modifications.
To reduce the risk of possible serious injury or death, do not remove the full size spare tire from the factory secured location. This location is necessary to achieve police-rated 75 mph rear impact crash-test performance. Removal increases the risk of fuel leak in high-speed rear impacts.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers.
2. Place the transmission in park (P) and turn the engine off.
E142551
3. Block the diagonally opposite wheel.
E211099
4. Lift the trunk cargo cover and remove the wing nut that secures the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise.
5. Lift and remove the spare tire from the trunk.
290
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
6. Remove the second wing nut that secures the jack retention bracket by turning it counterclockwise, then remove the jack kit from your vehicle.
7. Remove the jack and the wrench from the felt bag. Fold down the wrench socket used to loosen the lug nuts and to operate the jack.
8. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground.
12. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, making sure the valve stem is facing outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered.
13. Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
1
3
4
E145908
9. The vehicle jacking points are shown here, and are depicted on the warning label on the jack. Small arrow-shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points.
5
2
E75442
14. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. See Technical Specifications (page 293).
Stowing the jack and flat tire
1. Remove the extension bolt from the exterior pocket of the felt bag.
E201156
10. Raise the wheel by turning the jack handle clockwise.
11. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench.
291
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
E211101
Wheels and Tires
2. Insert the straight end of the jack retention bracket through the eyelet of the angled bracket and swing the retention bracket over the jack. With the jack in place, place the end of the retention bracket over the threaded stud in the trunk floor and secure it with the plastic wing nut.
3. Screw the extension bolt onto the threaded stud of the jack retention bracket.
4. Place the flat tire in the spare tire well with the wheel facing up.
5. Safely secure the wheel by screwing the large wing nut onto the extension bolt.
292
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Wheels and Tires
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING
When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.
Bolt size
Ib-ft (Nm)*
1/2-20 x 1.5
100 (135)
*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
E145950
A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles.
293
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
Engine Cubic inches Firing order Ignition system Compression ratio Spark plug gap
2.0L EcoBoost engine 122
1-3-4-2 Coil on plug
9.3:1 0.027-0.031 in. (0.70-0.80 mm)
Drivebelt Routing 2.0L engine
A
A. The long drivebelt is on the first pulley groove closest to the engine
B. The short drivebelt is on the second pulley groove farthest from the engine
B
E161383
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L DURATEC
Engine Cubic inches Firing order Ignition system Spark plug gap Compression ratio
3.5L V6 214
1-4-2-5-3-6 Coil on plug 0.049 - 0.053 in (1.25 mm - 1.35 mm)
10.8:1
294
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Drivebelt Routing
3.5L Engine
E191904
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
Engine Cubic inches Firing order Ignition system Spark plug gap Compression ratio
3.5L EcoBoost 214
1-4-2-5-3-6 Coil on plug 0.030 - 0.033 in (0.75 mm - 0.85 mm)
10.0:1
Drivebelt Routing 3.5L EcoBoost Engine
E191904
295
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
Component
Motorcraft part number
Air filter element
FA-1884
Oil filter
FL-910-S
Battery
BXT-59 BXT-65-650 *
Spark plugs
SP-537
Cabin air filter
FP68
Windshield wiper blade
WW-2501 (driver side) WW-2043 (passenger side)
*This Motorcraft part is designed for vehicles with Intelligent Access.
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company's specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
296
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.5L DURATEC
Component
Part Number
Air filter element
FA-1884
Oil filter
FL-500-S
Battery
BXT-59 BXT-65-650*
Spark plugs
SP-534
Cabin air filter
FP-68
Windshield wiper blade
WW-2501 (driver side) WW-2043 (passenger side)
*This Motorcraft part is designed for vehicles with Intelligent Access.
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company's specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
297
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
Component
Part Number
Air filter element
FA-1884
Oil filter
FL-500-S
Battery
BXT-65-650
Spark plugs
SP-534
Cabin air filter
FP-68
Windshield wiper blade
WW-2501 (driver side) WW-2043 (passenger side)
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company's specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 375).
298
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E142476
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information:
E142477
A B
C
D E F G H
World manufacturer identifier
Brake system, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Restraint Devices and their locations
Make, vehicle line, series, body type
Engine type
Check digit
Model year
Assembly plant
Production sequence number
299
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION
E167469
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located. The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, the door latch post, or the edge of the door near the door latch, next to the driver's seating position.
E167814
The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description.
Description Six-speed automatic transmission 6F35 Six-speed automatic transmission 6F50 Six-speed automatic transmission 6F55
Code 6 J C
300
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM
Capacities
WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Item
Capacity
Engine oil (with oil filter)
5.7 qt (5.4 L)
Engine coolant
11.6 qt (11 L)
Brake fluid
Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir
Automatic transmission fluid
9.0 qt (8.5 L)*
Windshield washer fluid
Fill as required
Fuel tank
19.0 gal (71.9 L)
A/C refrigerant
26 oz (0.74 kg)
A/C refrigerant compressor oil
5.24 fl oz (155 ml)
*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Specifications
Materials
Name
Specification
Recommended motor oil (U.S.):
WSS-M2C946-A
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W30-QSP
Recommended motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LSP12
WSS-M2C946-A
Optional motor oil (U.S.): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Full Synthetic Motor Oil XO-5W30-QFS
Optional motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil
WSS-M2C946-A WSS-M2C946-A
301
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
CXO-5W30-LFS12
Engine coolant (U.S.): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Engine coolant (Canada): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Brake fluid:
WSS-M6C65-A2
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
Automatic transmission fluid (U.S.):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
XT-10-QLVC
Automatic transmission fluid (Canada):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
CXT-10-LV12
Windshield washer fluid (U.S.): Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-A
Windshield washer fluid (Canada):
WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
A/C refrigerant (U.S.): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant YN-19
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant (Canada): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant compressor oil: Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D
WSH-M1C231-B
302
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Name
Multi-purpose grease: Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5
Lock cylinders (U.S.): Penetrating and Lock Lubricant XL-1
Lock cylinders (Canada): Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A
Specification ESB-M1C93-B
--
--
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade, this may lead to:
· Component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
· Longer engine cranking periods.
· Increased emission levels.
· Reduced engine performance.
· Reduced fuel economy.
· Degraded brake performance.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC).
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: We recommends using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure.
303
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage.
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L DURATEC
Capacities
WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Item
Capacity
Engine oil (with oil filter)
6.0 qt (5.7 L)
Engine coolant
11.1 qt (10.5 L)
Brake fluid
Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir
Rear differential (All Wheel Drive) fluid
2.4 pt (1.15 L)
Automatic transmission fluid
10.9 qt (10.3 L)*
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive)
17.9 fl oz (0.53 L)
Windshield washer fluid
Fill as required
Fuel tank
19.0 gal (71.9 L)
A/C refrigerant
1.43 lb (0.65 kg)
A/C refrigerant compressor oil
5.24 fl oz (155 ml)
*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
304
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
Name
Specification
Recommended motor oil (U.S. and Mexico):
WSS-M2C945-A
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W30-QSP
Recommended Motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LSP12
WSS-M2C945-A
Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil XO-5W30-QFS
WSS-M2C945-A
Optional Motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LFS12
WSS-M2C945-A
Engine coolant (U.S.): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Engine coolant (Canada): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Engine coolant (Mexico): Motorcraft® Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Brake fluid:
WSS-M6C65-A2
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
Rear axle fluid (U.S. and Mexico)
WSP-M2C197-A
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
XY-80W90-QL
Rear axle fluid (Canada)
WSP-M2C197-A
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
CXY-80W90-1L
Automatic transmission fluid (U.S. and Mexico):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
XT-10-QLVC
305
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
Automatic transmission fluid (Canada):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
CXT-10-LV12
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive) (U.S. WSL-M2C192-A and Mexico) Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY-75W140-QL
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive)
WSL-M2C192-A
(Canada)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant
CXY-75W140-1L
Windshield washer fluid (U.S. and Mexico): Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-A
Windshield washer fluid (Canada):
WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
A/C refrigerant (U.S. and Mexico): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant YN-19
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant (Canada): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant compressor oil: Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D
WSH-M1C231-B
Transmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake ESA-M1C75-B pedal shift grease: Premium Long-Life Grease XG-1-E1
Multi-purpose grease: Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5
ESB-M1C93-B
Lock cylinders (U.S.):
--
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1
Lock cylinders (Canada):
--
306
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A
Name
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade, this may lead to:
· Component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
· Longer engine cranking periods.
· Increased emission levels.
· Reduced engine performance.
· Reduced fuel economy.
· Degraded brake performance.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark.
Specification
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC).
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: We recommends using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure.
Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage.
E142732
307
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L ECOBOOSTTM
Capacities
WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
Item
Capacity
Engine oil (with oil filter)
6.0 qt (5.7 L)
Engine coolant
11.4 qt (10.8 L)
Brake fluid
Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir
Rear axle fluid (All Wheel Drive)
2.4 pt (1.15 L)
Automatic transmission fluid
11.6 qt (11 L) *
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive)
17.9 fl oz (0.53 L)
Windshield washer fluid
Fill as required
Fuel tank
19.0 gal (71.9 L)
A/C refrigerant
1.63 lb (0.74 kg)
A/C refrigerant compressor oil
5.24 fl oz (155 ml)
*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
Specifications
Materials
Name
Specification
Recommended motor oil (U.S.):
WSS-M2C946-A
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W30-QSP
Recommended Motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LSP12
WSS-M2C946-A
Recommended motor oil (Mexico):
WSS-M2C946-A
308
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil MXO-5W30-QSP
Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Full Synthetic Motor Oil XO-5W30-QFS
WSS-M2C946-A
Optional Motor oil (Canada): Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LFS12
WSS-M2C946-A
Engine coolant (U.S.): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Engine coolant (Canada): Motorcraft® Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Engine coolant (Mexico): Motorcraft® Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2
Brake fluid:
WSS-M6C65-A2
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
Rear axle fluid (U.S. and Mexico)
WSP-M2C197-A
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
XY-80W90-QL
Rear axle fluid (Canada)
WSP-M2C197-A
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
CXY-80W90-1L
Automatic transmission fluid (U.S. and Mexico):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
XT-10-QLVC
Automatic transmission fluid (Canada):
WSS-M2C938-A
Motorcraft® MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV
CXT-10-LV12
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive) (U.S. WSL-M2C192-A and Mexico) Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY-75W140-QL
309
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
Name
Specification
Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive)
WSL-M2C192-A
(Canada)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant
CXY-75W140-1L
Windshield washer fluid (U.S. and Mexico): Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-A
Windshield washer fluid (Canada):
WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
A/C refrigerant (U.S.): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant YN-19
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant (Canada): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant (Mexico): Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant MYN-19
WSH-M17B19-A
A/C refrigerant compressor oil: Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D
WSH-M1C231-B
Transmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake ESA-M1C75-B pedal shift grease: Premium Long-Life Grease XG-1-E1
Multi-purpose grease: Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5
ESB-M1C93-B
Lock cylinders (U.S.):
--
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1
Lock cylinders (Canada):
--
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A
Lock cylinders (Mexico):
--
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
310
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Capacities and Specifications
MXL-1
Name
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade, this may lead to:
· Component damage which is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
· Longer engine cranking periods.
· Increased emission levels.
· Reduced engine performance.
· Reduced fuel economy.
· Degraded brake performance.
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark.
Specification
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure.
Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC).
311
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). Those frequencies are:
· AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
· FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz
Distance and strength Terrain Station overload
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting.
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed 4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed. You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs. Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact an authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only. Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows:
· There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback: MP3 and WMA track mode (system default) and MP3 and WMA folder mode.
· MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc. The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) from T001 to a maximum of T255. The maximum number of playable MP3 and WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present.
312
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
· MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders. The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) and all folders containing MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255.
· Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs, it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create. While various files may be present (files with extensions other than MP3 and WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played; other files are ignored by the system. This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer, home computer and your in-vehicle system.
In track mode, the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play, regardless of being in a specific folder). In folder mode, the system only plays the MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITE RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: Some features, such as SIRIUS satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, your system may look different from what you see here.
313
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AB
C
O
N
M L
K
J
D
I
E
G
F
H
E210707
A RADIO: Press this multiple times to select a radio band. Press and hold to select the autostore function. Press to return to the main screen of the active radio band.
B CD: Press to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons to scroll through the menu choices.
C Number block: In radio mode, store and recall your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns. In CD mode, select a track. In phone mode, enter a phone number.
D Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (for example Radio mode or CD mode).
E TUNE: Press to manually search through the radio frequency band.
314
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
F Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In SIRIUS mode, press to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If a specific category is selected (such as jazz, rock or news), press to find the next or previous in the selected category. In CD mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward through the current track.
G OK and Arrow buttons: Press OK to confirm menu selections. Press to scroll through the menu choices.
H Eject: Press to eject a CD.
I VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
J CLOCK: If not in phone mode, press to display the clock.
K SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently.
L MENU: Press to access different audio system features.
M PHONE: Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See your SYNC information.
N AUX: Press to access or switch between devices you plug into your vehicle.
O SIRIUS: Press to listen to Sirius satellite radio.
Menu Structure
Note: Depending on your system, some options may appear slightly different. Press MENU.
Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options.
Press the right arrow to enter a menu. Press the left arrow to exit a menu.
Press OK to confirm a selection.
Radio
Scan
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.
AST
Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AMAST and FM-AST frequency bands.
Radio Text*
Select to display extra information such as artist name.
*Extra information may not always be available.
315
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Speed Compensated Volume Sound Occupancy Mode DSP
Scan All Scan Folder
Set Time Set Date 24h Mode
Dimming Language Temp. setting
Audio Settings Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise. You can set the system between 0 and +7. Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position. Choose between the stereo modes. Only with the external sound systems.
CD Settings Select to scan all disc selections. Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.
Clock Settings Select to set the time. Select to set the calendar date. Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour mode.
Display Settings Select to change display brightness. Select to display the language in English, French or Spanish. Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius.
316
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
Note: The touchscreen system controls most of the audio features. See your SYNC information.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
A
B
C
E
D
E210708
A Eject: Press to eject a CD.
B CD slot: Insert a CD.
C TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency band.
317
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
D VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
E Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In CD mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward through the current track.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: SONY AM/FM/CD
Note: The touchscreen controls most of the audio features. See your SYNC information.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
E210709
318
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
A SOURCE: Press to access different audio modes, such as AM, FM, Satellite Radio and Line in.
B Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In CD mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and hold to move quickly forward through the current track.
C SOUND: Press to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently.
D TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency band.
E VOL and Power: Press to switch the system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped)
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music, news, sports, weather, traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels. For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.
319
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues
Antenna obstructions
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible.
Terrain
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
Station overload
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
ence
interference and the audio system may mute.
SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes.
E142593
SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term, which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability.
For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. When in satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.
320
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
Troubleshooting
Message Acquiring...
Satellite antenna fault SIRIUS system failure
Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel
No Signal
Updating...
Questions? Call 1-888-539-7474 None found Check Channel Guide Subscription Updated
Condition
Action
Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel.
No action required. This message should disappear shortly.
There is an internal module or system failure present.
If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service.
The channel is no longer available.
Tune to another channel or choose another preset.
Your subscription does not include this channel.
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel.
The signal is lost from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to your vehicle antenna.
The signal is blocked. When you move into an open area, the signal should return.
Update of channel programming in progress.
No action required. The process may take up to three minutes.
Your satellite service is no longer available.
Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve subscription issues.
All the channels in the
Use the channel guide to
selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip
skipped or locked.
function on that station.
SIRIUS has updated the No action required. channels available for your vehicle.
321
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving.
Store the portable music player in a secure location, such as the center console or the glove box, when your vehicle is moving. Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving.
The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers. You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones. Your audio extension cable must have male 1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at each end.
1. Switch off the engine, radio and portable music player. Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P.
2. Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack.
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level.
6. Press the media button until the audio input option appears in the display. You should hear music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD. Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls.
E149149
322
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Audio System
USB PORT (If Equipped)
E176344
The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices (if supported). See your SYNC information.
MEDIA HUB
The media hub may be located on the instrument panel or center console.
E149148
See your SYNC information.
323
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
GENERAL INFORMATION
E198355
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and portable media player. This allows you to: · Make and receive calls. · Access and play music from your
portable music player. · Use 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report
and SYNC Services (Traffic, Directions & Information).*
· Use applications, such as Stitcher, via SYNC AppLink.**
· Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands.
· Stream music from your connected phone.
· Text message. · Use the advanced voice recognition
system. · Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this). *These features are not available in all markets and require activation. **Available AppLink enabled apps vary by market.
Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own.
324
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to holidays.
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
· Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online.
· Required to activate the subscription-based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites.
· Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC.
· Access to customer support for any questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are speed-dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h).
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
· Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.
· Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device's manual for further information.
· Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone. This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index, and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information.
325
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy information, see the sections on 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic, Directions and Information.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you.
Helpful Hints
· Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands.
· After pressing the voice button, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.
· Speak naturally, without long pauses between words.
· At any time, you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice button.
Initiating a Voice Session
Initiate a voice session by pressing the voice button on the E142599 steering wheel controls. See Voice Control (page 65).
When prompted you can say any of the following:
Voice command
If you want the system to carry out the following
Bluetooth Audio
Stream audio from your phone.
Cancel
Cancel the requested action.
mobile (apps | applica- Access mobile applications. tions)
Phone
Make calls.
USB [1]
Access the device connected to your USB port.
Vehicle Health (Report) Run a vehicle health report.
326
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Voice command
If you want the system to carry out the following
Voice Settings | Voice Preferences
Help
Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback. Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where (cancel | stop | exit) appears you say; cancel or stop or exit.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets. For example, where mobile (apps | applications) appears, you must say mobile followed by either apps or applications.
You do not need to say words that appear within square brackets. For example, for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3 [player]) appears, you can say USB or USB stick.
Note: SYNC Services and Vehicle health report are only available in the United States of America.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction (voice settings). You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system. You can change these settings at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Initiate a voice session by pressing the voice button on the E142599 steering wheel controls. See Voice Control (page 65).
When prompted say the following:
Voice command
If you want the system to carry out the following
Voice Settings | Voice Preferences
Followed by either of the following:
Interaction Mode Standard
Provide more detailed interaction and guidance.
Interaction Mode Advanced
Provide less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
The system defaults to the standard interaction mode.
327
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request. For example, the system may ask "Phone, is that
correct?". If turned off, the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and may ask you to confirm settings.
Voice command
Confirmation Prompts Off
Confirmation Prompts On
If you want the system to carry out the following
Make a best guess from the command; you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
Clarify your voice command with a short question.
The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command. When turned on, it may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification.
For example, say "Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home. Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile. Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home." You could also say "Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe, Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe."
Voice command
If you want the system to carry out the following
Media Candidate Lists Make a best guess from the media candidate list. You may
Off
still occasionally be asked questions.
Media Candidate Lists On Clarify your voice command for media candidates.
Phone Candidate Lists Make a best guess from the phone candidate list. You may
Off
still occasionally be asked questions.
Phone Candidate Lists Clarify your voice command for phone candidates. On
328
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
USING SYNCTM WITH YOUR PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cell phone's functionality. At a minimum, most cell phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions:
· Answering an incoming call.
· Ending a call.
· Using privacy mode.
· Dialing a number.
· Redialing.
· Call waiting notification.
· Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are cell phone-dependent features. To check your cell phone's compatibility, see your cell phone's manual and visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.
Pairing a Cell Phone for the First Time
Note: SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth-enabled cell phone.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position park (P) (automatic transmission) or neutral with the parking brake applied (manual transmission).
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system.
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands-free calls.
Press the phone button. When the display indicates there is no cell phone paired, do the following:
Message
Action and Description
NO PHONE
Press the OK button.
FIND SYNC
1. Press the OK button.
2. Put your cell phone into Bluetooth discovery mode. See your device's manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone's display, enter the six-digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
329
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Depending on your cell phone's capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current cell phone as the primary cell phone (the cell phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook.
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position park (P) (automatic transmission) or neutral with the parking brake applied (manual transmission).
Press the phone button, then scroll to:
Message
Action
PHONE SETNGS
Press the OK button.
BT DEVICES
Press the OK button.
ADD DEVICE
Press the OK button. When the following message appears in the display.
FIND SYNC
1. Press the OK button.
2. Put your cell phone into Bluetooth discovery mode. See your device's manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone's display, enter the six-digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
The system then prompts with questions, such as if you would like to set the current cell phone as the primary cell phone (the cell phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) or download your phonebook.
Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice icon and say: Voice Commands
Phone You can then say any of the following commands. Call History Incoming Call History Missed Call History Outgoing
Voice Commands Phonebook ___ Phonebook ___ at Home Phonebook ___ at Work Phonebook ___ in Office Phonebook ___ on Cell
___ is a dynamic listing that should be the name of a contact in your phonebook. For example you could say "Call Mom".
330
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
You can also say any of the following:
Voice Command
Call ___ Call ___ at Home Call ___ at Work Call ___ in Office Call ___ on Mobile Call ___ on Other Dial
None of these commands are available until your cell phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth.
___ is a dynamic listing that should be the name of a contact in your phonebook. For example you could say "Call Mom".
The following commands are only available during active calls:
Voice Commands
Go To Privacy Hold Join
Phone Menu Commands
To access the phone menu with voice commands, press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice Command
[Phone] Menu You can then say any of the following: [Phone] Connections | [Media] Connections | [Bluetooth] Connections
Voice Command
[Phone] Settings [Message] Notification On
[Phone] Settings [Message] Notification Off
[Phone] Settings [Set] Phone Ringer
[Phone] Settings [Set] Ringer 1
[Phone] Settings [Set] Ringer 2
[Phone] Settings [Set] Ringer 3
[Phone] Settings [Set] Ringer Off
Battery
Phone Name
Signal
Text Message Inbox
Send [New] Text Message
You do not need to say word contained within brackets for the system to understand your command. Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu.
Phonebook Commands
When you ask SYNC to access content, for example the phonebook name or number, the requested information appears in the display to view.
331
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Making a Call
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice Command
Action and Description
Call ___
This command is not available until your cell phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth.
Dial
Use to enter a phone number digit by digit.
When the system confirms the number say one of the following commands:
Dial
To confirm the number and initiate the call.
delete
To erase the last spoken digit. You can also press the left arrow button.
clear
To erase all spoken digits. You can also press and hold the left arrow button.
To end a call, press and hold the red phone button.
Receiving Calls
When receiving a call, you can: · Answer the call by pressing the phone
button. · Reject the call by pressing and holding
the red phone button. · Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Phone Options during an Active Call
During an active call, you have more menu features that become available, for example putting a call on hold or joining calls. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options.
Press the MENU button during an active call, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
CALL MENU Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
PRIVACY
Press the OK button to switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your cell phone for a more private conversation.
CALL HOLD Press the OK button to put an active call on hold.
JOIN CALLS
Join two separate calls. SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty call or conference call.
332
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
1. Press the phone button. 2. Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands
to place the second call. Once actively in the second call, press MENU. 3. Scroll to Join Calls, and press the OK button. Wait until the following message appears.
JOIN CALLS
Press the OK button.
ENTER TONES Enter tones such as numbers for passwords. Scroll until the desired number appears in the display, then press OK; a tone sounds as confirmation. Repeat as necessary.
PHONEBOOK To access your phonebook contacts.
1. Press the OK button to select, and then scroll through your phonebook contacts.
2. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the display.
3. Press the phone button to call the contact.
CALL HISTORY To access your call history log.
1. Press the OK button to select, then scroll through your call history options (incoming, outgoing or missed).
2. Press the OK button when the desired selection appears in the display.
3. Press the phone button to call the selection.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
Accessing Features Through the Phone Menu
The phone menu allows you to redial a number, access your call history and phonebook and sends text messages as well as access cell phone and system settings. You can also access advanced features, for example 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services.
333
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
PHONE REDIAL Press the OK button to redial the last number called. Press the OK button again to confirm.
PHONE REDIAL Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls after you connect your Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to SYNC.1
Press the OK button then select one of the following and press the OK button again to confirm.
INCOMING
OUTGOING
MISSED
The system attempts to automatically re-download your phonebook and call history each time your cell phone connects to SYNC (if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth-enabled cell phone supports this feature).
PHONEBOOK To browse your phonebook select:
BROWSE
Press OK. Scroll down or up to the desired name and press OK.
In addition to the Phonebook entry name, the phone number label (Work,
Cell, Home or Other) shows on the display. If there are multiple phone number entries for a particular Phonebook name, you can scroll through the different phone labels at this time. Once you have the desired phone label on the screen press OK. The phone
number that is stored under the selected label will be shown on the display. Press OK to dial this number.
To search for a contact in your phone book select:
SEARCH
Press OK. Scroll down until you see the first letter
of your phonebook entry. Press OK. Scroll down until you see the second letter of your desired phonebook entry.
Press OK.
334
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
Repeat entering letters to narrow your search. When you are satisfied with
your entry press the right arrow key on the bezel.
SYNC will jump to the phonebook contact name that matches your entry.
Press OK. In addition to the Phonebook entry name, the phone number label (Work, Cell, Home or Other) shows on the display. If there are multiple phone number entries for a particular Phonebook name, you can scroll through the different phone labels at this time. Once you have the desired phone label
on the screen press OK. The phone number that is stored under the selected label will be shown on the display. Press OK to dial this number.
TEXT MESSAGE Press the OK button to send, download, read and delete text messages.1
PHONE SETNGS View your cell phone's status, set ring tones, select your message notification, change phonebook entries and automatically download
your cell phone content among other features.1
SYNC Services
Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request various types of information, for example traffic reports and directions.3
911 Assist
Automatically place an emergency call to a 911 operator following a crash.4
Vehicle Health
Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle.3
APPLICATIONS Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your smartphone.
335
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
SYS SETTINGS Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings and advanced menu listings.
EXIT MENU
Press the OK button to exit the phone menu.
1 This is a cell phone-dependent feature. 2 This is a cell phone-dependent and speed-dependent feature. 3 This is an optional feature and available in the United States only. 4 This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only.
Text Messaging
Note: This is a cell phone-dependent feature.
SYNC allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages. The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road.
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a cell phone-dependent feature. Your cell phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages.
Note: Forwarding a text message is a speed-dependent feature. It is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
Note: Only one recipient is allowed per text message.
When a new text message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the information display indicates you have a new message.
Following the notification you can do any of the following:
Do nothing to have the message go into your text message inbox.
To have SYNC read you the message using voice commands, press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice Command
Action and Description
Read Message | Read Text Message | Text Message
SYNC will read the most recent text message to you.
To open the test message, press OK to receive and open the text message. Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message. You can then also choose whether you'd like to reply or forward the message.
336
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Reply or forward the message, press OK and scroll to choose between:
Message
Action and Description
REPLY TO MSG
Press the OK button to access and then scroll through the list of pre-defined messages to send.
FORWARD MSG
Press the OK button to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History. You can also choose enter a number.
Sending, Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages
Text messaging is a cell phone-dependent feature. If your cell phone is compatible, SYNC allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages.
Note: Sending a text message is a speed-dependent feature. It is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
Note: You can only have one recipient per text message.
Press the phone button, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
TEXT MESSAGE
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
SEND MSG?
Allows you to send a new text message based on a predefined set of 15 messages.
1. Press the OK button.
2. Scroll to your desired message.
3. Press the OK button.
4. Scroll through your phonebook, call history entries or enter a new number.
5. Press the OK button to enter the desired contact.
6. Press the OK button again when the system asks if you would like to send the message. The system sends each text message with the following signature: This message was sent from my Ford.
337
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message DOWNLOAD MSG
DELETE ALL RETURN
Action and Description
Allows you to download your unread messages to SYNC. To download the messages, press the OK button to select. The display indicates the system is downloading your messages. When downloading is complete, SYNC returns you to the inbox.
Allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC. To delete the messages, press the OK button to select. The display indicates when it is finished deleting all your text messages. SYNC returns you to the text message menu.
Press the OK button to exit the current menu.
Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are cell phone-dependent features. Your cell phone settings allow you to access and adjust some features. For example ring tones, text message notification, modify your phonebook and set up automatic download.
Press the phone button, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
PHONE SETNGS
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
PHONE STATUS
See the provider, name, signal power, battery power and roaming status of your connected cell phone. Press OK to select and scroll to view the information. When done, press OK again to return to the phone status menu.
SET RINGER
Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call. You can choose one of the system ring tones or your cell phone ring tones. Press the OK button and scroll to hear the available options. You can also choose to use to use your phone's ring tone.
Press the OK button to select the desired ring tone. If your cell phone supports in-band ringing, your cell phone ring plays when you choose the phone ringer option.
MSG NTFY
You have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives.
338
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
Press the OK button then select one of the following and press the OK button again to confirm.
MSG NTFY ON
MSG NTFY OFF
MODIFY
Modify the contents of your phone book (such as add, delete, down-
PHONEBOOK load). Press OK to select and scroll between:
ADD CONTACTS
Press the OK button to add more contacts from your phonebook. Push the desired contact(s) on your cell phone. See your cell phone's manual on how to push
contacts.
DELETE PHONEBOOK
Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history. When Delete Phonebook appears, press OK
to confirm. SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu.
DOWNLOAD Press OK to select and press OK again when Confirm
PHONEBOOK
Download? appears.
AUTODOWN- Automatically download your phone book each time your phone
LOAD
connects to SYNC. Press OK to select.
AUTO ON?
When this message appears, press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time. Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC. Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC. *
SPEAK NAMES When enabled, SYNC speaks the contact name that is displayed on the screen during phonebook browsing.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
* Downloading times are cell phone-dependent and quantity-dependent. When Auto Download is on, it automatically deletes any changes, additions or deletions saved since your last download.
System Settings
This menu provides access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options.
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add, connect and delete devices, set a cell phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off.
339
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Press the Phone button to enter the Phone Menu, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SYS SETTINGS
Press the OK button.
BT DEVICES
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
ADD DEVICE
See Using SYNCTM With Your Phone (page 329). 1
CONNECT BT
Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled phone. 2 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones. Scroll until the desired device is chosen, then press OK to connect the phone.
SET PRIMARY?
Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone. 3 Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone. Press OK to confirm.
BT ON/OFF
Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.4 Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off. When the desired selection is chosen, press OK. Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features.
DEL DEVICE
Delete a paired cell phone. Press the OK button and scroll to select the device. Press OK to confirm.
DELETE ALL
Delete all previously paired phones (and all information originally saved with those phones). Press OK to select.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
1 This is a speed-dependent feature. It is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
2 You can only connect one device at a time. When another cell phone is connected, the previous one is disconnected.
3 SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle. When a phone is selected as primary, it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk (*).
4Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features.
340
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Advanced The Advanced menu allows you to access
and set prompts, languages, defaults, perform a master reset, install an application and view system information.
To access the advanced menu, press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu, the scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SYS SETTINGS Press OK.
ADVANCED Press OK.
Select one of the following:
PROMPTS
Get help from SYNC by using questions, helpful hints or asking you for a specific action. To turn these prompts on or off:
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to select between On and Off.
2. Press the OK button when the desired selection appears in the display. SYNC returns you to the Advanced menu.
LANGUAGES
1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages. Choose between English, Français and Español. Once selected, all of the radio displays and prompts are in the selected language.
2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. If you change the language setting, the display indicates that the system is updating. When complete, SYNC returns you to the Advanced menu.
DEFAULTS
Return to the factory default settings. This selection does not erase your indexed information, for example phonebook, call history, text messages or paired devices. Press the OK button to select and then press OK again when the following message appears in the display.
RESTORE?
MASTER RESET
Completely erase all information stored on SYNC, for example phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices, and return the system to the factory default settings. Press OK to select. The display indicates when complete. SYNC returns you to the Advanced menu.
SYNC REBOOT Press OK to select.
341
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
CONFIRM REBOOT?
Press OK to select. You only need to press the OK button once. SYNC will be unre-
sponsive for 2-4 minutes while it is rebooting. Wait 2-4 minutes before attempting to execute a SYNC command
INSTALL APP
Install applications you have downloaded. Press the OK button and scroll to select. Press the OK button to confirm.
SYSTEM INFO Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN number. Press the OK button to select.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
SYNCTM APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES (If Equipped)
In order for the following features to work, your cell phone must be compatible with SYNC. To check your phone's compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. · SYNC Services*: Provides access to
traffic, directions and information such as travel, horoscopes, stock prices and more.
· 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency.
· Vehicle Health Report*: Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle.
*This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.
911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.
342
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information.
Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice message plays or a display message (or icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.
See Supplementary Restraints System (page 35). Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 212). Important information about the fuel pump shut-off is in this chapter.
Switching 911 Assist On or Off
Press the phone button to enter the phone menu and scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
911 Assist
Press the OK button to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu.
On
Press the OK button when the desired option appears in the
radio display. Off
Off selections include:
Message
Action and Description
Off with reminder:
Provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start.
Off without reminder:
Provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection.
To make sure that 911 Assist works correctly:
· SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.
· The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.
· You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC.
· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.
343
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.
· The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services.
Before making the call:
· SYNC provides a short window of time (about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.
· SYNC says the following, or a similar message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
· Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash.
· The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system has no power.
· The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you turn on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not turn the feature on.
Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, United States Only)
WARNING
Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions, regularly inspect your vehicle, and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect. Vehicle Health Report supplements, but cannot replace, normal maintenance and vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system, (such as brake lining wear). Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury.
Note: This feature is only available in the United States.
344
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report, but you must register to use this feature.
Note: This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice.
Note: In order to allow a break-in period for your vehicle, you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles.
Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report.
Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering, you can request a Vehicle Health Report (inside your vehicle). Return to your account at www.SYNCMyRide.com to view your report. You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals.
The system allows you to check your vehicle's overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card. The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information, for example:
· Vehicle diagnostic information
· Scheduled maintenance
· Open recalls and Field Service Actions
· Items noted during vehicle inspections by an authorized dealer that still need servicing.
You can run a vehicle health report after your vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds. Choose one of the following options.
To use voice commands, press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and Description
Vehicle Health (Report)
The system will run a vehicle health report of your vehicle's diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information, open recalls, other field service actions and vehicle inspection items that still need servicing by an authorized dealer.
To use the screen, press the phone button, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Vehicle Health
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
Auto On?
Press the OK button and select on or off.
345
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run a health report at certain mileage intervals.*
Report Interval
Scroll to select between 5000, 7500 or 10000-mile intervals. Select your desired option and press the OK button.
Run Report
Press the OK button for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle's diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information, open recalls, other field service actions and vehicle inspection items that still need servicing by an authorized dealer.
Return
Exit the current menu.
*You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval.
Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice
When you create a Vehicle Health Report, Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number (to process your report request) and diagnostic information about your vehicle. Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information. Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose. If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information, do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www.SYNCMyRide.com. See www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions, and Privacy Statement) for more information.
SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions & Information (TDI) (If Equipped, United States Only)
Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turn directions available in select markets. Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.
Note: SYNC Services requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services. Standard phone and message rates may apply. Subscription may be required. You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to, and use, SYNC Services. See Using SYNCTM With Your Phone (page 329).
Note: This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services.
346
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Note: The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features provided are only an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, place you in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving conditions.
Note: When you connect, the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle's current location, travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches you request. Further, to provide the services you request, for continuous improvement, the service may collect and record call details and voice communications. For more information, see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions, do not subscribe or use the service.
SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors, integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data, to give you personalized traffic reports, precise turn-by-turn directions, business search, news, sports, weather and more. For a complete list of services, or to learn more, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and Description
Services
This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone. Once you connect to the service, follow the voice prompts to request the desired service, for example traffic or directions.
Once you are connected to SYNC Services, you can also say the following:
(what are my (options | Receive a list of available services from which to choose. choices) | what can I say | [available] commands)
347
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Voice command
Action and Description
Services
To return to the Services main menu.
help
Receive system help.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where (options | choices) appears you say either; options or choices.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets. For example, where; what are my (options | choices) appears, you must say; what are my, followed by either, options or choices.
You do not need to say words that appear within square brackets. For example, for where (what can I say [available] commands) appears, you can say, what can I say commands.
Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu
Press the phone button, then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SYNC Apps
Press the OK button.
Services
1. Press the OK button. The display indicates the system is connecting.
2. Press the OK button again. SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal.
3. Once you connect to the service, follow the prompts to request the desired service, for example traffic or directions.
348
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions
When connected to SYNC Services, press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and Description
Directions
To receive directions to a location. Once you select your destination, the system uploads your current vehicle location, calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle. After the route download is complete, the phone call automatically ends. You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination.
Business search
To find a business or type of business. Select your destination, the system uploads your current vehicle location, calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle. After the route download is complete, the phone call automatically ends. You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination.
You can also say the following:
Search near me
To find the closest business or type of business to your location, within business search.
Operator
If you need further assistance in finding a location at any time within a Directions or Business search and need to speak with a live operator. The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category, residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections. The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request. Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription. For more information on Operator Assist, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com/ support.
Yes *
If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated. Say yes when prompted and the system sends a new route to your vehicle.
* During an active route.
349
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Disconnecting from SYNC Services
To disconnect from SYNC services, say:
Voice command
Action and Description
Goodbye
From the SYNC Services main menu, or press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel.
SYNC Services quick tips
SYNC Services quick tips
Personalizing
You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information. You can save address points, for example work or home. You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category. You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Push to interrupt
Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip and say your voice command.
Portable
Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (Vehicle Identification Number). You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services. You can even access your account outside your vehicle. Just use the number on your phone's call history. Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available.
SYNCTM APPLINKTM
SYNC Mobile Apps
Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink. Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application.
Note: The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch system.
Note: Depending on your display type, you can access AppLink from the media menu, the phone menu, or by using voice commands. Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls.
350
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
To Access Using the Phone Menu
Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on-screen. You can then scroll to:
Menu item
Mobile Apps Press OK to access a list of available applications. Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app. Once an app is running through SYNC, you can access an app's menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu.
For more information, please visit: Website
www.SYNCMyRide.com
To Access Using the Media Menu Press the AUX button on the center console.
Scroll until the app name followed by "Menu", is displayed (such as, sticher Menu), then press OK. From here, you can access an application's features, such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down.
Press the Menu button to the SYNC menu and scroll to:
Menu item
Action and description
SYNC-Media
Press the OK button.
Mobile Apps
Press the OK button and scroll through the list of available applications and select your desired app.
Scroll until the app name followed by "Menu", is displayed (such as, Stitcher Menu), then press OK. From here, you can access an application's features, such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down.
For more information, please visit: Website
www.SYNCMyRide.com
351
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and description
Mobile Apps
Say the name of the application after the tone. The app should start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app, for example, "Playlist Road Trip".
You can also say the following:
The name of an app (such as Stitcher) followed by "help".
To discover the available voice commands.
USING SYNCTM WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle's speaker system using the system's media menu or voice commands. You can also sort and play your music by specific categories, for example artist and album.
Note: The system is capable of indexing up to 6,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including: iPod®, ZuneTM, plays from device players, and most USB drives. SYNC also supports the following audio formats MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in.
To Connect Using Voice Commands Plug the device into the USB port. See USB Port (page 323).
E142599
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and Description
USB [1]
You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands. See Media voice commands.
You do not need to say words that appear within square brackets. For example, for where USB[1]appears, you can say USB or USB one.
352
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
To Connect Using the System Menu Plug the device into the USB port. See
USB Port (page 323).
Press the AUX button, then the Menu button to enter the Media Menu.
You can then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SELECT SRC
Press the OK button.
SYNC USB
Press the OK button. Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device, the following message may appear in the radio display.
Indexing...
When indexing is complete, the screen returns to the Play menu. You can then select one of the following:
PLAY ALL
ARTISTS
ALBUMS
GENRES
PLAYLISTS
TRACKS
EXPLORE USB
SIMILARMUSIC
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
What's Playing?
When a track is playing, you can ask the system to tell you what is currently playing.
353
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Action and Description
Whats This? | Whats Playing?
The system reads the metadata tags of the playing track, and if the metadata tags are populated, the system will tell you what track is playing.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets. For example, where text shows: (what's | what is) playing, you must say; "what's playing" or "what is playing".
Media Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted say any of the following:
Voice command
USB [1]
You can then say any of the following
[Phone] Connections | [Media] Connections | [Bluetooth] Connections
Pause
Play
Play All
Play Artist ___
1,2
Play Album ___
1,2
Play Genre ___
1,2
[Play] Next Folder
3
[Play] Next Track | [Play] Next Song
Play Playlist ___
1,2
[Play] Previous Folder
3
Voice command
[Play] Previous Track | [Play] Previous Song
[Play] Next Track | [Play] Next Song 1,2
Repeat [On]
Repeat Off
Shuffle [On]
Shuffle Off
Search Album ___
1,2
Search Artist ___
1,2
Search Genre ___
The system searches all 1,2 the data from your indexed music and, if available, begins to play the chosen type of music. You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player.
354
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Voice command
Search Track ___ | Search Song ___
The system searches for a 1,2 specific artist/track/album from the music indexed through the USB port.
Refine
This allows you to make 1,2
album ___ your previous command
more specific. By using this
command you can filter
though a previous selec-
tion, such as an artist to
play only specific album.
Similar Music
The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information.
Autoplay Off
Autoplay [on]
Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music.
1 ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a group, artist or song. For example you could say "Play artist The Beatles".
2 This voice command is not available until indexing is complete.
3 This voice command is only available in folder mode.
Bluetooth Audio Command Guide
Press the voice button and say:
Voice command
Bluetooth Audio
You can then say any of the following:
[Phone] Connections | [Media] Connections | [Bluetooth] Connections
Pause
Play
[Play] Next Track | [Play] Next Song
[Play] Previous Track | [Play] Previous Song
Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select your media source, how to play your music, for example by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat, and to add, connect or delete devices. Press the AUX button, then the Menu button to enter the Media Menu.
355
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
You can then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
PLAY MENU
Play your music by artist, album, genre, playlists, tracks, similar music or to simply, play all. You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device. See Play Menu later in this section for more information.
Select one of the following:
SELECT SRC
SYNC USB
Press the OK button to access music plugged into your USB port. You can also plug in devices to charge them (if supported by your device). Once connected, the
system indexes any readable media files.1
SYNC BT
Press the OK button. This is a phonedependent feature that allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetoothenabled phone. If supported by your device, you can press seek to play the previous or next track.
SYNC LINE IN (If Equipped)
Press the OK button to select and play music from your portable music player over
your vehicle's speakers.2
MEDIA SETTIN
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings. Once you turn these selections on, they remain on until you turn them off. Press SEEK to play the previous or
next track.3
SHUFFLE
Press the OK button to shuffle available media files in the current playlist. To shuffle all media tracks, you must select Play All in the play menu and then select Shuffle.
REPEAT
Press the OK button to repeat any song.
AUTOPLAY
Press the OK button to turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays
any of your music.4
356
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
APPLICATIONS
Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your smartphone.
SYS SETTINGS
Access available Bluetooth Device menu listings as well as Advanced menu listings.
EXIT MENU
Press OK to exit the media menu.
1The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs to index. If autoplay is on, you can listen to media processed during indexing. If autoplay is off, you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media. SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum indexing file size.
2If you have already connected a device to the USB port, you cannot access the line in feature. Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately.
3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately.
4Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process.
Accessing Your Play Menu
This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist, album, genre, playlist, track, similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device.
Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on.
Press the AUX button, then the Menu button to enter the Media Menu.
You can then scroll to select:
Message
Action and Description
PLAY MENU
Press the OK button.
If there are no media files to access, the display indicates there is no media. If there are media files, you have the following options:
PLAY ALL
Press the OK button. The first track title appears in the display. Play all indexed media (tracks) from your playing device in flat file mode, one at a time in numerical order.
357
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Message ARTISTS
ALBUMS
GENRES PLAYLISTS TRACKS
SYNCTM
Action and Description
Sort all indexed media by artist. Once selected, the system lists and then plays all artists and tracks alphabetically. If there are fewer than 255 indexed artists, the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button. You can select to play all artists or any indexed artist.
2. Scroll to choose the desired artist. Press the OK button.
Sort all indexed media by albums. If there are fewer than 255 indexed albums, the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button. You can enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album.
2. Scroll to choose the desired album. Press the OK button.
Sort indexed music by genre (category) type. SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button. 2. Scroll to select the desired genre. Press the OK button.
Access your playlists from formats ASX, M3U, WPL or MTP. The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button. 2. Scroll to select the desired playlist. Press the OK button.
Search for and play a specific indexed track. SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.
1. Press the OK button. 2. Scroll to select the desired track. Press the OK button.
358
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message EXPLORE USB
Action and Description
Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port. You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC; other files saved are not visible.
1. Press the OK button. 2. Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive.
SIMILARMUSIC
Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you.*
1. Press the OK button.
2. The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing. This feature does not include tracks with incomplete metadata information. Press the OK button.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
*With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks are not
available in voice recognition, play menu or similar music. However, if you place these tracks onto your playing device in "Mass Storage Device Mode", they are available in voice recognition, play menu browsing and similar music. The system places Unknown items into any unpopulated metadata tag.
System Settings
System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features.
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to enable, disable, add, connect and delete a Bluetooth device.
Press the AUX button, then the Menu button to enter the Media Menu.
You can then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SYS SETTINGS
Press the OK button.
BT DEVICES
Press the OK button.
You can then select one of the following:
ADD DEVICE
Pair more devices to the system.*
359
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Message
Action and Description
1. Press the OK button. When find SYNC appears in the display, press the OK button again.
2. Follow the directions in your phone's manual to put your phone into discovery mode. A six-digit PIN appears in the display.
3. When prompted on your phone's six-digit display, enter the PIN.
Connect BT
Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled phone.
1. Press OK to select and view a list of devices. 2. Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to
connect the device.
BT ON/OFF
Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.**
1. Press the OK button and scroll to toggle between on and off.
2. Make a selection and press the OK button.
DEL DEVICE
Delete a paired media device.
1. Press the OK button and scroll to select the device. 2. Press the OK button to confirm.
DELETE ALL
Delete all previously paired devices.
1. Press the OK button. 2. Press the OK button to confirm.
RETURN
Exit the current menu.
*This is a speed-dependent feature. It is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
**Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features.
Advanced
The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts, languages, defaults and perform a master reset.
Press the AUX button, then the Menu button to enter the Media Menu.
360
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
You can then scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
SYS SETTINGS
Press the OK button.
ADVANCED
Press the OK button.
You can then select one of the following:
PROMPTS
Have SYNC guide you by asking questions, helpful hints or ask you for a specific action.
1. Press the OK button and scroll to toggle between on and off.
2. Make a selection and press the OK button. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
LANGUAGES
Choose from the available languages. The displays and prompts are in the selected language.
1. Press the OK button and scroll through the available languages.
2. Press the OK button when the desired language appears in the display.
3. If you change the language setting, the display indicates that the system is updating. When complete, SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
DEFAULTS
Return to the factory default settings. This selection does not erase your indexed information, for example phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices.
1. Press the OK button.
2. Press the OK button. When restore defaults appears in the display, press the OK button again to confirm.
MASTER RESET
INSTALL APP RETURN
Completely erase all information stored on SYNC. All phonebook, call history, text messages and all paired devices will be deleted and the system will return to the factory default settings.
Download available software applications through the USB port.
Exit the current menu.
361
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
SYNCTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, see the tables below.
Use the website at any time to check your phone's compatibility, register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat (during certain hours). Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca for more information.
Phone issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
There is excessive back- The audio control settings
ground noise during a phone on your phone may be
call.
affecting SYNC perform-
ance.
Review your phone's manual about audio adjustments.
During a call, I can hear the This may be a possible
other person but they
phone malfunction.
cannot hear me.
Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again.
SYNC is not able to download my phonebook.
This is a phone-dependent feature. This may be a possible phone malfunction.
Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website.
The system says Phonebook This may be a limitation on
Downloaded but the
your phone's capability.
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, try moving them to the device memory. Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact.
362
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Issue
I am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC.
Text messaging is not working on SYNC.
Phone issues
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
Depending upon your phone, you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts. Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download.
This is a phone-dependent feature. This may be a possible phone malfunction.
Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try deleting your device from SYNC, deleting SYNC from your device and trying again. Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone. Update your device's firmware. Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting.
This is a phone-dependent feature. This may be a possible phone malfunction.
Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again.
363
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
I am having trouble connecting my device.
This may be a possible device malfunction.
Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again. Make sure you are using the manufacturer's cable. Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port. Make sure that the device does not have an autoinstall program or active security settings.
SYNC does not recognize This is a device limitation. my device when I turn on the car.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures.
Bluetooth audio does not stream.
This is a phone-dependent Review the device compatib-
feature.
ility chart on the SYNC
The device is not connected. website to confirm your
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.
Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.
SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device.
Your music files may not Make sure that all song
contain the correct artist, details are populated.
song title, album or genre Some devices require you to
information.
change the USB settings
The file may be corrupted. from mass storage to MTP
The song may have copy- class.
right protection, which does
not allow it to play.
364
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
I received a text that I did not activate Vehicle Health Report.
You did not activate your account on the website. You may have the wrong VIN (vehicle identification number) listed.
This is a free feature, but you must first register online to use it. Make sure that your VIN is correctly listed in your account.
I am unable to retrieve the report on the website, or I receive a system error.
The preferred dealer information did not load correctly.
When you register your account, you must choose a preferred dealer. If it already lists a dealer, try selecting another dealer and logging out. Log back in, change it back to your preferred dealer, and retrieve the report.
I am unable to submit a report.
This could be due to your phone's compatibility. Bad signal strength. You did not register your phone correctly on the website.
Update your cellular number in your account on the website. Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up. Make sure the currently connected phone is registered on your SYNCMyRide account. Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing.
I heard a commercial when I tried to use Traffic, Directions and Information.
You did not activate this phone for this service. Your phone has ID blocker active.
This is a free feature, but you must first register online to use it. Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number. Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account.
365
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
SYNC does not understand what I am saying.
You may be using the wrong voice commands. You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time.
Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections. After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.
SYNC does not understand You may be using the wrong Review the media voice
the name of a song or artist. voice commands.
commands at the beginning
You may be saying the
of the media section.
name differently than the Say the song or artist
way you saved it.
exactly as listed. If you say
The system may not be
"Play Artist Prince", the
reading the name the same system does not play music
way you are saying it.
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
Do not use special charac-
ters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call.
You may be using the wrong voice commands. You may be saying the name differently than the way you saved it.
Review the Phone voice commands at the beginning of the phone section.
366
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Issue
Voice command issues
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
The system may not be
Make sure you are saying the
reading the name the same contacts exactly as they are
way you are saying it.
listed. For example, if you
Contacts in your phonebook save a contact as Joe
may be very short and
Wilson, say "Call Joe
similar, or they may contain Wilson".
special characters.
Using the SYNC phone
Your phonebook contacts menu, open the phonebook
may be in CAPS.
and scroll to the name
SYNC is having trouble
understanding. SYNC will
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.
The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
Do not use special charac-
ters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recog-
nize them.
If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call J-
A-K-E".
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
When I select "Find New Apps," SYNC does not find any applications.
An AppLink capable phone is not connected to SYNC.
Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher. Additionally, ensure your phone is paired and connected to
367
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
SYNC in order to find AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's USB port with an Apple USB cable.
My phone is connected, but AppLink-enabled apps are Ensure you have down-
I still cannot find any apps. not installed and running on loaded and installed the
your mobile device.
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
require you to register or
login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
My phone is connected, my Sometime apps do not
app(s) are running, but I still properly close and re-open
cannot find any apps.
their connection to SYNC,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if apps have an "Exit" or "Quit" option, select that then restart the app. If the app does not have that option, you can also manually "Force Close" the app by going to the phone's settings menu, selecting "Apps." then finding the particular app and choosing "Force stop." Don't forget to restart the app afterwards, then select "Find New Apps" on SYNC.
368
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
Issue
My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any apps.
AppLink issues
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile App's Menu.
There is a bluetooth bug on Reset the Bluetooth on your some order versions of the phone by turning it off and Android OS. This bug may then turning Bluetooth back cause apps that were found on. If you are in your vehicle, the last time your phone SYNC should be able to connected to SYNC not to automatically re-connect to be found again if you have your phone if you press the not turned off bluetooth. "Phone" button.
369
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
SYNCTM
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
My iPhone phone is connected, my app is running, I restarted the app but I still cannot find it on SYNC.
The USB connection to
Unplug the USB cable from
SYNC may need to be reset. the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
I have an Android phone. I The bluetooth volume on found and started my media the phone may be low. app on SYNC, but there is no sound or the sound is very low.
Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device's volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device.
I can only see some of the Some Android devices have Force close or uninstall the
AppLink apps running on my a limited number of
apps you do not want SYNC
phone listed in SYNC's
bluetooth ports apps can to find. If the app has a "Ford
Mobile Apps Menu.
use to connect. If you have SYNC" setting, disable that
more AppLink apps on your setting in the app's settings
phone than the number of menu on the phone.
availble Bluetooth ports, you
will not see all of your apps
listed in SYNC's mobile apps
menu.
370
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle, please contact your authorized dealer or visit the online store web site:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.Accessories.Ford.ca
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer-installed Ford Original Accessory found to be defective in factory-supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period, as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories. Ford Motor Company will warrant your Ford accessory through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit: · 24 months, unlimited mileage. · The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty. Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty.
Exterior Style
· Chrome mirror caps. · Moon roof deflector. · Hood deflector. · Rear spoiler. · Side window deflector. · Splash guards.
Interior Style
· All-weather floor mats. · Ambient lighting. · Carpeted floor mats. · Sport pedals.
Lifestyle
· Ash cup (smoker's package). · Car cover*. · Cargo area protector. · Cargo net. · Cargo organization and management.
Peace of Mind
· Bumper-mounted parking sensors*. · Locking fuel plug. · Remote start. · Vehicle security system. · Wheel locks.
*Ford Licensed Accessories. The accessory manufacturer designs, develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories, and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements. Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer's limited warranty details, and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer.
371
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Accessories
For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle: · When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information. · The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer. · An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems. Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use. · If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.
372
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Extended Service Plan (ESP)
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN (U.S. Only)
More than 32 million Ford owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Extended Service Plan. It is the extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage.
Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan. With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Components
There are four core Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what's not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical components.
Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. It is the extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company.
That means you get: · Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership · Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs, you are eligible for rental car coverage, including bumper to bumper warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:
· Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts
· Out of fuel and lock-out assistance. · Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car. · Destination assistance for taxi, shuttle,
rental car coverage and emergency transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires, you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner. Whenever you sell your vehicle, prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP, thereby improving resale value.
373
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Extended Service Plan (ESP)
Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle!
Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance, and selected wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle's maintenance. It covers regular checkups, routine inspections, preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear:
· Windshield wiper blades.
· Spark plugs.
· The clutch disc.
· Brake pads and linings.
· Shock absorbers.
· Struts.
· Engine Belts.
· Engine coolant hoses, clamps and o-rings.
· Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment.
Interest Free Finance Options Available
Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan. Just a 10% down payment will provide you with an affordable, no interest, no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time. You are pre-approved with no credit checks, no hassles! To learn more, call our Ford ESP specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford ESP P.O. Box 321067 Detroit, MI 48232
EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan. Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as:
· Rental reimbursement.
· Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items.
· Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires.
· Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time, distance and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, including reimbursement for towing and rental. When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Canada, the United States and Mexico, provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada, the United States and Mexico are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For more information, visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you.
374
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner's manual. See Capacities and Specifications (page 294).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle. Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft® Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or exceed our specifications. Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, from general maintenance to collision repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops. Please contact your dealer for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability and resale value. To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals.
Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval. This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers).
375
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When the oil change message appears in the information display, it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles (800 kilometers) of the message appearing. Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil change. See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 240).
If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative, you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles (8000 kilometers) from your last oil change. Never exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between oil change intervals.
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple, complex, performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features. That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.
Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing. Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle's normal maintenance. Please consult your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and, by itself, does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, a qualified expert, such as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle's oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled maintenance. It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford-approved flushing chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six-month intervals.
376
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Check every month Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights. Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Check every six months Battery connections. Clean if necessary. Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary. Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength. Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary. Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation. Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function. Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation. Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right, it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great.
377
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point inspection
Accessory drive belt(s)
Hazard warning system operation
Battery performance
Horn operation
Engine air filter
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hoses
Exhaust system
Suspension components for leaks or damage
Exterior lamps operation
Steering and linkage
Fluid levels*; fill if necessary
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure**
For oil and fluid leaks
Windshield for cracks, chips or pits
Half-shaft dust boots
Washer spray and wiper operation
* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
**If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi-point vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage-based schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying a message in the information display.
The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use.
Intelligent Oil-Life MonitorTM
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used. By using several important factors in its calculations, the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time.
378
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message
Interval
Vehicle use and example
Normal
7500-10000 miles (12000-16000 km)
Normal commuting with highway driving No, or moderate, load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling
Severe
5000-7499 miles (8000-11999 km)
Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off-road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation
3000-4999 miles (4800-7999 km)
Extreme
Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display*
Change engine oil and filter.** Rotate the tires. Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended). Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult your dealer for requirements. Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake. Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses. Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields. Inspect the rear axle and U-joints (AWD only). Inspect the half-shaft boots. Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and Ujoints.
379
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display*
Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
* Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals. ** Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Other maintenance items 1
Every 20000 miles (32000 Replace cabin air filter. km)
Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter. km)
At 100000 miles (160000 Change engine coolant. 2 km)
Every 100000 miles (160000 km)
Replace spark plugs. Inspect accessory drive belt(s). 3
Every 150000 miles (240000 km)
Change automatic transmission fluid. Replace accessory drive belt(s). 4
1 Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval. 2 Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers). 3 After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
4 If not replaced within the last 100000 miles (160000 kilometers).
380
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the message appearing in your information display prompting you to change your oil.
· Example 1: The message comes on at 28751 miles (46270 kilometers). Perform the 30000-mile (48000-kilometer) automatic transmission fluid replacement.
· Example 2: The message has not come on, but the odometer reads 30000 miles (48000 kilometers) (for example, the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles [40000 kilometers]). Perform the engine air filter replacement.
Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
As required
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
Inspect frequently, service Inspect rear axle and U-joints (AWD only).
as required
Inspect half-shaft boots.
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)
Change PTU and rear axle fluid (AWD only). See axle
maintenance items under Exceptions.
Every 60000 miles (96000 Replace spark plugs. km)
Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use
As required
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
Inspect frequently, service as required
Replace cabin air filter.* Replace engine air filter.
381
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use
Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)
Change PTU and rear axle fluid (AWD only). See axle
maintenance items under Exceptions.
Every 60000 miles (96000 Replace spark plugs. km)
* This is an optional feature.
Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)
Inspect frequently, service as required
Replace cabin air filter.* Replace engine air filter.
Every 5000 miles (8000 km)
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.
Every 5000 miles (8000 km) or six months
Change engine oil and filter.** Perform multi-point inspection.
Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid.
km)
Change PTU and rear axle fluid (AWD only). See axle
maintenance items under Exceptions.
* This is an optional feature.
**Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil Check (page 239).
Every oil change
Exclusive use of E85 (flex fuel vehicles only)
If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel.
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule:
382
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Axle and PTU maintenance: The Power Transfer Unit (PTU) and rear axle (AWD only) in your vehicle does not require any normal scheduled maintenance. Vehicles are electronically monitored and notify the driver required service by displaying a message in the information display. The PTU lubricant will be more likely to require a change if the vehicle has experienced extended periods of extreme/severe duty cycle driving. Changing or checking the PTU lubricant is not necessary unless the unit has been submerged in water, shows signs of leakage or a message indicating required service is displayed. Contact your authorized dealer for service.
California fuel filter replacement: If you register your vehicle in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's useful life. Ford Motor Company, however, urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service.
Hot climate oil change intervals: Vehicles operating in the Middle East, North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not available, then the oil change interval is 3,000 mi (4,800 km).
Engine air filter and cabin air filter replacement: The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD
Repair Order #:
Dealer stamp
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Signature:
383
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
384
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
385
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
386
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
387
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
388
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
389
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
390
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
391
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
392
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Scheduled Maintenance
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Dealer stamp
Signature:
393
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
· You ("You" or "Your" as applicable) have acquired a vehicle having several devices, including SYNC ® and various control modules, ("DEVICES") that include software licensed or owned by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those software products of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
· The SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license:
· You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICES and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and Limitations
· Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system.
· Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, translate, disassemble or attempt to discover any source code or underlying ideas or algorithms of the SOFTWARE nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE.
· Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of any open source components included with the SOFTWARE.
394
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
· Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICES and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.
· SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICES, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
· Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
· Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICES.
· Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, its affiliates and/or its designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components".) SOFTWARE updates may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.
395
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
· Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites. The third party sites are not under the control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its designated agent are responsible for (i) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its designated agent.
· Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICES operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and you agree to assume any risk associated with the use of the DEVICES.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content outside its intended use. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments.
396
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICES product support, such as the vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE.
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety Information Read and follow instructions:
· Before using your SYNC® system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("Owner Guide".) Not following precautions found in the Owner Guide can lead to an accident or other serious injuries.
General Operation
· Voice Command Control: Certain functions within the SYNC® system may be accomplished using voice commands. Using voice commands while driving helps you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel or eyes from the road.
· Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention.
· Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident.
· Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully.
· Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations.
· Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a
397
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
· Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.
· Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes.
· Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features.
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Risk
· You agree to each of the following:(a) Any use of the SOFTWARE while driving an automobile or other vehicle in violation of applicable law or otherwise driving in an unsafe manner presents a significant risk of distracted driving and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(b) Use of the SOFTWARE at excessive volume poses a significant risk of hearing damage and should not be attempted under any circumstances;(c) The SOFTWARE may not be compatible with new or different versions of an operating system, third party software, or third party services, and the SOFTWARE may potentially cause a critical failure of an operating system, third party software, or third party service.(d) Any third party service accessed by or third party software used with the SOFTWARE (i) may charge an additional fee for access, (ii) may not work correctly, on an uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) may change streaming formats or discontinue operation, (iv) may contain adult, profane or offensive content; and (v) may contain inaccurate, false or misleading traffic, weather, financial or safety information or other content; and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may cause you to incur additional charges from your wireless service provider (WSP) and any data or minute calculators that may be included in the software program are for reference only, are not warranted in any way and should not be relied upon in anyway.
· When using the SOFTWARE, you agree to be responsible for and assume the entire risk to the items set forth in Section (a) (e) above.
398
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE", WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY, OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES, (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c) THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d) OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
· The laws of the State of Michigan govern this EULA and Your use of the SOFTWARE. Your use of the SOFTWARE may also be subject to other local, state, national, or international laws. Any litigation arising out of or related to this EULA shall be brought and maintained exclusively in a court of the State of Michigan located in Wayne County or in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby consent to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a court in the State of Michigan located in Wayne County and the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan for any dispute arising out of or relating to this EULA.
399
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Binding Arbitration and Class Action Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S LICENSORS' INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. Dispute means any dispute, action, or other controversy between You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, other than the exceptions listed above, concerning the SOFTWARE (including its price) or this EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort, statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY must give the other a "Notice of Dispute", which is a written statement of the name, address, and contact information of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the dispute, and the relief requested. You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to resolve any dispute through informal negotiation within 60 days from the date the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also litigate any dispute in small claims court in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S principal place of business, if the dispute meets all requirements to be heard in the small claims court. You may litigate in small claims court whether or not You negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any dispute by informal negotiation or in small claims court, any other effort to resolve the dispute will be conducted exclusively by binding arbitration. You are giving up
the right to litigate (or participate in as a party or class member) all disputes in court before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, whose decision will be final except for a limited right of appeal under the Federal Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction over the parties may enforce the arbitrator's award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings to resolve or litigate any dispute in any forum will be conducted solely on an individual basis. Neither you nor FORD MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any dispute heard as a class action, as a private attorney general action, or in any other proceeding in which any party acts or proposes to act in a representative capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will be combined with another without the prior written consent of all parties to all affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any arbitration will be conducted by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA"), under its Commercial Arbitration Rules. If You are an individual and use the SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or less whether or not You are an individual or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA Supplementary Procedures for Consumer-Related Disputes will also apply. To commence arbitration, submit a Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for Arbitration form to the AAA. You may request a telephonic or in-person hearing by following the AAA rules. In a dispute involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds good cause to hold an in-person hearing instead. For more information, see adr.org or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to commence arbitration only in your county of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S principal place of business. The arbitrator
400
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
may award the same damages to You individually as a court could. The arbitrator may award declaratory or injunctive relief only to You individually, and only to the extent required to satisfy Your individual claim. Arbitration fees and incentives.
· i. Disputes involving $75,000 or less. FORD MOTOR COMPANY will promptly reimburse your filing fees and pay the AAA's and arbitrator's fees and expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR COMPANY'S last written settlement offer made before the arbitrator was appointed ("last written offer"), your dispute goes all the way to an arbitrator's decision (called an "award"), and the arbitrator awards you more than the last written offer, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you three incentives: (1) pay the greater of the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your reasonable attorney's fees, if any; and (3) reimburse any expenses (including expert witness fees and costs) that your attorney reasonably accrues for investigating, preparing, and pursuing your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator will determine the amounts.
· ii. Disputes involving more than $75,000. The AAA rules will govern payment of filing fees and the AAA's and arbitrator's fees and expenses.
· iii. Disputes involving any amount. In any arbitration you commence, FORD MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA or arbitrator's fees and expenses, or Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous or brought for an improper purpose. In any arbitration FORD MOTOR COMPANY commences, it will pay all filing, AAA, and arbitrator's fees and expenses. It will not seek its attorney's fees or expenses from you in any arbitration. Fees and expenses are not counted in determining how much a dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed within one year. To the extent permitted by law, any claim or dispute under this EULA to which this Section applies must be filed within one year in small claims court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section d). The one-year period begins when the claim or dispute first could be filed. If such a claim or dispute is not filed within one year, it is permanently barred.
(i) Severability. If the class action waiver (Section e) is found to be illegal or unenforceable as to all or some parts of a dispute, then that portion of Section e will not apply to those parts. Instead, those parts will be severed and proceed in a court of law, with the remaining parts proceeding in arbitration. If any other provision of that portion Section e is found to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision will be severed with the remainder of Section e remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software. Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the TeleNav Software. TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software:
401
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
· Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the TeleNav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the TeleNav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
· (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav; (c) remove from the TeleNav Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software; or (e) use the TeleNav Software in any manner that
i. infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party,
402
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
· To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software. TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others
is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas.
· TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE.
· Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
· TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
403
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
· You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial. This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both TeleNav and you agree to submit
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply.
7. Assignment
· You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to TeleNav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains all right, title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or
404
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNav's Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including" and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
· The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav's third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America, LLC
The data ("Data") is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Telenav ("Telenav") and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada.
405
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía.
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble, create any derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions. Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you "as is," and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
406
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert "Netherlands" where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert "The Netherlands" where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a "commercial item" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following "Notice of Use," and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 2014 HERE All rights reserved.
407
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773; 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459; 6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by GracenoteTM" logo are trademarks of Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA)
This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name.
408
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Appendices
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
409
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
410
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
A
A/C See: Climate Control.........................................106
About This Manual...........................................7 ABS
See: Brakes...........................................................159 ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes................................................................159
Accessories......................................................371 Exterior Style.........................................................371 Interior Style..........................................................371 Lifestyle...................................................................371 Peace of Mind.......................................................371
Accessories See: Replacement Parts Recommendation.............................................11
ACC See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control.............174
Active Park Assist.........................................166 Automatic Steering into Parking Space.................................................................168 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature.........168 Troubleshooting the System..........................169 Using Active Park Assist...................................167
Adjusting the Headlamps.........................252 Horizontal Aim Adjustment...........................253 Vertical Aim Adjustment.................................252
Adjusting the Pedals....................................66 Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles
With: Manual Adjustable Steering Column............................................................63 Adjusting the Steering Wheel - Vehicles With: Power Adjustable Steering Column............................................................63 Easy Entry and Exit Feature.............................64 End of Travel Position........................................64 Memory Feature...................................................64 Airbag Disposal...............................................42 Air Conditioning See: Climate Control.........................................106 Air Filter See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............256 Alarm See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................62 All-Wheel Drive.............................................152
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................62 Arming the Alarm.................................................62 Disarming the Alarm...........................................62
Appendices....................................................394 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............85
Headlamps On Warning Chime......................85 Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................85 Keyless Warning Alert........................................85 Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................85 Audio Control..................................................64 MEDIA.......................................................................64 Seek, Next or Previous.......................................64 Audio Input Jack...........................................322 Audio System.................................................312 General Information...........................................312 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/ SYNC/Satellite Radio...............................313 Menu Structure....................................................315 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/FM/CD...................................................317 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/ FM/CD............................................................318 Autolamps........................................................70 Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps........................................................70 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
With: Premium AM/FM/CD...................108 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
With: Sony Audio System........................110 Automatic Climate Control - Vehicles
Without: Touchscreen Display..............107 Automatic High Beam Control..................72
Activating the System.........................................72 Manually Overriding the System.....................73 Automatic Transmission...........................149 Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning..............................................................151 Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................150 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow....................................................................151 SelectShift AutomaticTM
Transmission...................................................149 Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission.............................149 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check -
2.0L EcoBoostTM.......................................244 6F35 Transmission............................................244
411
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check 3.5L Duratec/3.5L EcoboostTM............244 6F50/6F55 Transmission..............................244
Autowipers........................................................67 Auxiliary Power Points................................132
12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................132 Locations................................................................132 AWD See: All-Wheel Drive..........................................152
B
Battery See: Changing the 12V Battery.....................249
Blind Spot Information System..............186 Switching the System Off and On...............188 System Errors.......................................................188 Using the System...............................................186
Bonnet Lock See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........234
Booster Seats..................................................22 Types of Booster Seats......................................22
Brake Fluid Check........................................248 Brakes...............................................................159
General Information..........................................159 Breaking-In....................................................209 Bulb Specification Chart...........................254
C
Cabin Air Filter.................................................114 California Proposition 65..............................11 Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
EcoBoostTM..................................................301 Specifications......................................................301 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L Duratec.........................................................304 Specifications.....................................................305 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L EcoboostTM.................................................308 Specifications.....................................................308 Capacities and Specifications................294 Cargo Nets......................................................195 Car Wash See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................257 Center Console..............................................133
Changing a Bulb...........................................253 Front Fog Lamp..................................................253
High-Intensity Discharge Headlamps........253
LED Lamps...........................................................253
License Plate Lamp..........................................253 Changing a Fuse...........................................232
Fuses.......................................................................232 Changing a Road Wheel...........................288
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information.....................................................288
Tire Change Procedure....................................289 Changing the 12V Battery.........................249
Battery Management System......................250 Changing the Engine Air Filter................256 Changing the Wiper Blades......................251
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades................................................................251 Checking MyKey System Status................51 Checking the Wiper Blades.......................251 Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................33 Child Restraint Positioning.........................24 Child Safety.......................................................15
General Information.............................................15 Child Safety Locks..........................................25
Left-Hand Side......................................................26
Right-Hand Side...................................................26 Cleaning Leather Seats..............................261 Cleaning Products........................................257 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels........................261 Cleaning the Engine....................................259 Cleaning the Exterior...................................257
Exterior Chrome Parts.....................................258
Exterior Plastic Parts........................................258
Stripes or Graphics...........................................258
Underbody...........................................................258 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens........................260 Cleaning the Interior...................................260 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades...........................................................259 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................50 Climate Control............................................106 Climate Controlled Seats..........................125
Cooled Seats........................................................125 Collision Warning System.........................192
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION...........................192
412
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Coolant Check See: Engine Coolant Check...........................240
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.........41 Creating a MyKey...........................................49
Programming/Changing Configurable Settings...............................................................49
Cross Traffic Alert.........................................188 False Alerts............................................................191 Switching the System Off and On................191 System Errors........................................................191 System Lights, Messages and Audible Alerts..................................................................190 System Limitations...........................................190 Using the System...............................................188
Cruise Control..................................................65 Principle of Operation.......................................173 Type 1........................................................................65 Type 2.......................................................................65
Cruise control See: Using Cruise Control.................................173
Customer Assistance...................................217
D
Data Recording..................................................9 Event Data Recording...........................................9 Service Data Recording........................................9
Daytime Running Lamps..............................71 Direction Indicators........................................73 Driver Alert.......................................................181
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION............................181 USING DRIVER ALERT......................................181 Driver and Passenger Airbags...................36 Children and Airbags..........................................36 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................36 Driving Aids......................................................181 Driving Hints..................................................209 Driving Through Water................................210 DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps..........................71
E
Economical Driving.....................................209
Emission Control System..........................146 On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)....................147 Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing....................................................147
End User License Agreement.................394 VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................394
Engine Block Heater....................................138 Using the Engine Block Heater......................139
Engine Coolant Check...............................240 Adding Engine Coolant.....................................241 Checking the Engine Coolant.........................241 Recycled Engine Coolant................................242 Severe Climates.................................................242 What You Should Know About Fail-Safe Cooling..............................................................242
Engine Immobilizer See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................61
Engine Oil Check..........................................239 Adding Engine Oil..............................................239
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.................................................239
Engine Oil Dipstick - 3.5L Duratec/3.5L EcoboostTM.................................................239
Engine Specifications - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.................................................294 Drivebelt Routing...............................................294
Engine Specifications - 3.5L Duratec.........................................................294 Drivebelt Routing...............................................295
Engine Specifications - 3.5L EcoboostTM.................................................295 Drivebelt Routing...............................................295
Environment......................................................14 Essential Towing Checks..........................205
Before Towing a Trailer...................................206 Hitches..................................................................205 Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft (PWC)........................................206 Safety Chains......................................................205 Trailer Brakes.......................................................205 Trailer Lamps......................................................205 When Towing a Trailer.....................................206 Event Data Recording See: Data Recording..............................................9 Export Unique Options..................................13
413
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Extended Service Plan (ESP)..................373 EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN (CANADA ONLY)................................................................374 EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN (U.S. Only)..................................................................373
Exterior Mirrors................................................76 Auto-Dimming Feature......................................76 Blind Spot Monitor...............................................77 Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................76 Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................76 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors...........................77 Memory Mirrors.....................................................76 Power Exterior Mirrors.........................................76 Puddle Lamps........................................................77
F
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................28 Safety Belt Extension Assembly....................30 Safety Belt Locking Modes...............................29 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........28
Flat Tire Inflation See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................264
Floor Mats.......................................................210 Foot Pedals
See: Adjusting the Pedals.................................66 Ford Credit..........................................................11
(U.S. Only).................................................................11 Front Passenger Sensing System.............37 Fuel and Refueling.......................................140 Fuel Consumption........................................145
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................145 Filling the Tank.....................................................145 Fuel Filler Funnel Location........................142 Fuel Filter........................................................249 Fuel Quality......................................................141 Choosing the Right Fuel....................................141 Choosing the Right Fuel - Flex Fuel
Vehicles..............................................................141 Fuel Shutoff....................................................213 Fuses................................................................224 Fuse Specification Chart...........................224
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel..................................................................229
Power Distribution Box....................................224
G
Garage Door Opener See: Universal Garage Door Opener............127
Gauges...............................................................80 Fuel Gauge...............................................................81 Information Display..............................................81 Type 1........................................................................80 Type 2........................................................................81
General Information on Radio Frequencies...................................................43 Intelligent Access.................................................43
General Maintenance Information........375 Multi-Point Inspection......................................377 Owner Checks and Services..........................376 Protecting Your Investment...........................375 Why Maintain Your Vehicle?..........................375 Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?.....................................................375
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada.........................................................220
Getting the Services You Need................217 Away From Home...............................................217
Global Opening...............................................76 Opening the Windows........................................76
H
Handbrake See: Parking Brake.............................................160
Hazard Warning Flashers...........................213 Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................252 Headlamp Exit Delay......................................71 Head Restraints.............................................116
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................117 Tilting Head Restraints .....................................118 Heated Seats..................................................124 Rear Heated Seats.............................................124 Heated Steering Wheel...............................65 Heated Windows and Mirrors...................114 Heated Exterior Mirror........................................114 Heated Rear Window.........................................114 Heating See: Climate Control.........................................106
414
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate...........................................................112 Cooling the Interior Quickly..............................113 General Hints.........................................................112 Heating the Interior Quickly.............................112 Recommended Settings for Cooling............113 Recommended Settings for Heating............113 Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather..............................................................114
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes............................................................159
Hood Lock See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........234
I
Ignition Switch...............................................134 In California (U.S. Only).............................218 Information Display Control.......................65 Information Displays....................................86
General Information...........................................86
Information Messages.................................95 Adaptive Cruise Control....................................95 AdvanceTracTM.....................................................96 Alarm........................................................................96 All Wheel Drive......................................................97 Automatic Engine Shutdown..........................96 Automatic High Beam Control.......................96 Battery and Charging System..........................97 Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System.....................................................98 Brake System........................................................98 Collision Warning System.................................99 Doors and Locks...................................................99 Driver Alert..............................................................99 Fuel............................................................................99 Keys and Intelligent Access...........................100 Lane Keeping System.......................................100 Maintenance.........................................................101 MyKey......................................................................101 Park Aid..................................................................102 Passenger Sensing System Message.........102 Power Steering....................................................102 Reminder Messages..........................................102 Remote Start.......................................................103 Seats.......................................................................103 Starting System..................................................103 Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................103 Traction Control..................................................104 Transmission........................................................104
Installing Child Restraints............................16 Child Seats...............................................................16 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................17 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)............................................19 Using Tether Straps.............................................20
Instrument Cluster........................................80 Instrument Lighting Dimmer.......................71 Interior Lamps..................................................73
Front Row Map Lamps.......................................73 Second Row Map Lamps..................................74 Interior Luggage Compartment Release............................................................59 Interior Mirror....................................................78 Auto-Dimming Mirror..........................................78 Introduction.........................................................7
415
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................214 Connecting the Jumper Cables.....................214 Jump Starting.......................................................215 Preparing Your Vehicle......................................214 Removing the Jumper Cables........................215
K
Keyless Entry...................................................58 SECURICODETM Keyless Entry Keypad................................................................58
Keyless Starting............................................134 Ignition Modes.....................................................135
Keys and Remote Controls.........................43
L
Lane Keeping System.................................182 Switching the System On and Off...............183
Lighting Control..............................................69 Headlamp Flasher...............................................70 High Beams............................................................69
Lighting..............................................................69 General Information...........................................69
Load Carrying.................................................195 Load Limit.......................................................195
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles............................................................202
Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer.................................................................195
Locking and Unlocking.................................54 Activating Intelligent Access............................55 Autolock..................................................................56 Autounlock..............................................................57 Battery Saver.........................................................58 Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock.........................................................57 Illuminated Entry...................................................57 Illuminated Exit......................................................57 Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the Key Blade............................................................54 Opening a Rear Door From the Inside..........54 Opening the Luggage Compartment...........55 Power Door Locks................................................54 Remote Control....................................................54 Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter........................................................56 Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys......................................................................56
Locks...................................................................54 Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................288
M
Maintenance..................................................234 General Information.........................................234
Manual Climate Control............................106 Manual Seats..................................................118
Lumbar Adjustment...........................................119 Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward..............................................................118 Recline Adjustment............................................119 Media Hub......................................................323 Memory Function..........................................122 Easy Entry and Exit Feature............................123 Saving a Preset Position...................................122 Message Center See: Information Displays.................................86 Mirrors See: Heated Windows and Mirrors...............114 See: Windows and Mirrors................................75 Mobile Communications Equipment.......12 Moonroof...........................................................79 Bounce-Back.........................................................79 Opening and Closing the Moonroof..............79 Venting the Moonroof.........................................79
416
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Motorcraft Parts - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.................................................296
Motorcraft Parts - 3.5L Duratec..............297 Motorcraft Parts - 3.5L
EcoboostTM.................................................298 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................52 MyKeyTM............................................................48
Principle of Operation........................................48
N
Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........378 Intelligent Oil-Life MonitorTM.........................378 Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................379
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset......................240 Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................239 Opening and Closing the Hood..............234
Closing the Hood...............................................235 Opening the Hood.............................................234 Ordering Additional Owner's Literature.......................................................221 Obtaining a French Owner's Manual..........222 Overhead Console........................................133
P
Parking Aids....................................................165 Principle of Operation.......................................165
Parking Brake.................................................160 Passive Anti-Theft System..........................61
SecuriLock®............................................................61 PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................61 Pedals................................................................66 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Personal Safety SystemTM..........................34
How Does the Personal Safety System Work?..................................................................34
Post-Crash Alert System...........................216 Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................54
Power Seats....................................................119 Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active Motion ................................................................121 Power Lumbar.......................................................121
Power Steering Fluid Check....................248 Power Windows..............................................75
Accessory Delay....................................................75 Bounce-Back..........................................................75 One-Touch Down.................................................75 One-Touch Up.......................................................75 Window Lock..........................................................75 Protecting the Environment........................14
R
Rear Parking Aid............................................165 Rear Seat Armrest........................................126 Rear Seats.......................................................123
Split-folding Rear Seat.....................................123 Rear View Camera........................................170
Using the Rear View Camera System.........170 Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................170 Recommended Towing Weights...........204 Refueling..........................................................143 Remote Control..............................................43
Car Finder................................................................45 Integrated Keyhead Transmitter.....................43 Intelligent Access Key........................................44 Memory Feature....................................................47 Remote Start.........................................................46 Replacing the Battery.........................................44 Sounding the Panic Alarm...............................46 Remote Start...................................................115 Automatic Settings.............................................115 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............261 Replacement Parts Recommendation.........................................11 Collision Repairs.....................................................11 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................11 Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control.............................................................47 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)..............................................................222 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)..............................................................222
417
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Roadside Assistance...................................212 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance.........................................................212 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside Assistance Program Coverage..................213 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Assistance........................................................213 Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance....................................212 Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance....................................212
Roadside Emergencies...............................212 Running-In
See: Breaking-In................................................209 Running Out of Fuel.....................................142
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container..........................................................142
Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................142
S
Safety CanopyTM............................................40 Safety Precautions......................................140 Satellite Radio...............................................319
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)................................................................320
Satellite Radio Reception Factors..............320 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service..................320 Troubleshooting..................................................321 Scheduled Maintenance Record...........383 Scheduled Maintenance...........................375 Seatbelt Height Adjustment.....................30 Seatbelt Reminder..........................................31 Belt-MinderTM.........................................................31 Seatbelts............................................................27 Principle of Operation.........................................27 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime................................................................31 Conditions of operation......................................31 Seats..................................................................116 Security...............................................................61 Side Airbags.....................................................39 Sitting in the Correct Position...................116 Snow Chains See: Using Snow Chains.................................283
Special Notices................................................12 New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12 On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II).......................12 Special Instructions..............................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance...............................................381 Exceptions............................................................382
Speed Control See: Cruise Control.............................................173
Stability Control............................................162 Principle of Operation.......................................162
Starter Switch See: Ignition Switch...........................................134
Starting a Gasoline Engine........................135 Automatic Engine Shutdown.........................137 Failure to Start......................................................137 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes................138 Important Ventilating Information...............138 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving...............................................................138 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary..........................................................137 Vehicles with an Ignition Key..........................135 Vehicles with Keyless Start.............................136
Starting and Stopping the Engine..........134 General Information..........................................134
Steering.............................................................191 Electric Power Steering.....................................191
Steering Wheel...............................................63 Storage Compartments.............................133 Sunroof
See: Moonroof.......................................................79 Sun Shades......................................................78 Sun Visors.........................................................78
Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................78 Supplementary Restraints System.........35
Principle of Operation.........................................35 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 SYNCTM Applications and
Services........................................................342 911 Assist...............................................................342 SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions &
Information (TDI) (If Equipped, United States Only)...................................................346 Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, United States Only)...................................................344 SYNCTM AppLinkTM.....................................350 SYNC Mobile Apps............................................350
418
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
SYNCTM............................................................324 General Information.........................................324
SYNCTM Troubleshooting.........................362
T
Technical Specifications See: Capacities and Specifications............294
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only)........................219
Tire Care..........................................................270 Glossary of Tire Terminology..........................271 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading.............................................................270 Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall............................................................272 Temperature A B C..............................................271 Traction AA A B C................................................271 Treadwear.............................................................270
Tire Inflation When Punctured See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................264
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..........284 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System.......................................285 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System ......................................285
Tire Repair Kit See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit................264
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................264 First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air.......................................266 General Information.........................................265 Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure............................................................267 Tips for Use of the Kit......................................265 What to do after the Tire has been Sealed...............................................................268 What to do when a Tire Is Punctured........266
Tires See: Wheels and Tires.....................................264
Towing a Trailer............................................203 Load Placement................................................203
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels..........................................................207 Emergency Towing............................................207 Recreational Towing........................................208
Towing.............................................................203
Traction Control.............................................161 Principle of Operation........................................161
Transmission Code Designation...........300 Transmission..................................................149 Transmission
See: Transmission..............................................149 Transporting the Vehicle...........................207
U
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.................................................236
Under Hood Overview - 3.5L Duratec.........................................................238 Engine Shield.......................................................239
Under Hood Overview - 3.5L EcoboostTM..................................................237
Universal Garage Door Opener................127 HomeLink Wireless Control System............127
USB Port..........................................................323 Using Adaptive Cruise Control.................174
Blocked Sensor....................................................179 Changing the Set Speed...................................177 Detection Issues..................................................178 Disengaging Adaptive Cruise Control..........177 Following a Vehicle.............................................175 Hilly Condition Usage........................................178 Low Speed Automatic Cancellation............177 Overriding Adaptive Cruise Control..............177 Resuming the Set Speed..................................177 Setting Adaptive Cruise Control....................174 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed..............175 Setting the Gap Distance.................................176 Switching the System Off................................178 Switching to Normal Cruise Control...........180 Using All-Wheel Drive.................................152 Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)...............................154 Operating AWD Vehicles With Mismatched
Tires....................................................................154 Operating AWD Vehicles With Spare
Tires.....................................................................153 Using Cruise Control....................................173
Switching Cruise Control Off..........................174 Switching Cruise Control On...........................173 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems..........................................................52 Using Snow Chains.....................................283
419
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Using Stability Control...............................163 Using Summer Tires...................................283 Using SYNCTM With Your Media
Player.............................................................352 Accessing Your Play Menu..............................357 Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the
USB Port...........................................................352 Media Menu Features......................................355 Media Voice Commands................................354 System Settings.................................................359 What's Playing?.................................................353 Using SYNCTM With Your Phone............329 Accessing Features Through the Phone
Menu..................................................................333 Accessing Your Phone Settings...................338 Making a Call.......................................................332 Pairing a Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................329 Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones.................330 Phone Options during an Active Call.........332 Phone Voice Commands................................330 Receiving Calls....................................................332 System Settings.................................................339 Text Messaging...................................................336 Using Traction Control.................................161 Switching the System Off................................161 System Indicator Lights and
Messages...........................................................161 Using a Switch......................................................161 Using the Information Display
Controls..............................................................161 Using Voice Recognition...........................326
Initiating a Voice Session................................326 System Interaction and Feedback...............327 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only)........................220
V
Vehicle Care....................................................257 General Information..........................................257
Vehicle Certification Label......................300 Vehicle Identification Number...............299
Vehicle Storage.............................................262 Battery...................................................................263 Body........................................................................262 Brakes....................................................................263 Cooling system...................................................263 Engine....................................................................262 Fuel system..........................................................263 General..................................................................262 Miscellaneous.....................................................263 Removing Vehicle From Storage.................263 Tires........................................................................263
Ventilation See: Climate Control.........................................106
VIN See: Vehicle Identification Number............299
Voice Control...................................................65
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................82 Adaptive Cruise Control.....................................82 Anti-Lock Braking System................................82 Automatic High Beam Control........................82 Battery......................................................................82 Blind Spot Monitor...............................................82 Brake System.........................................................83 Cruise Control........................................................83 Direction Indicator...............................................83 Door Ajar..................................................................83 Engine Coolant Temperature..........................83 Engine Oil................................................................83 Fasten Seatbelt....................................................83 Front Airbag............................................................83 Front Fog Lamps..................................................83 Heads Up Display................................................84 High Beam..............................................................84 Lane Keeping Aid.................................................84 Low Fuel Level......................................................84 Low Tire Pressure Warning...............................84 Low Washer Fluid................................................84 Parking Lamps......................................................84 Powertrain Fault...................................................84 Service Engine Soon...........................................84 Stability Control...................................................85 Stability Control Off............................................85
Washer Fluid Check....................................248
420
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Index
Washers See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................257 See: Wipers and Washers..................................67
Waxing.............................................................258 Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................288 Wheels and Tires.........................................264
General Information.........................................264 Technical Specifications.................................293 Windows and Mirrors....................................75 Windshield Washers.....................................68 Windshield Wipers.........................................67 Speed Dependent Wipers.................................67 Wiper Blades See: Checking the Wiper Blades...................251 Wipers and Washers.....................................67 Wrecker Towing See: Transporting the Vehicle.......................207
421
Taurus (CPH) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, First Printing
Aspose.Pdf for .NET 17.6 Aspose Ltd.